/raid1/www/Hosts/bankrupt/TCR_Public/250206.mbx          T R O U B L E D   C O M P A N Y   R E P O R T E R

              Thursday, February 6, 2025, Vol. 29, No. 36

                            Headlines

3265 E. VALLEY: Affiliate Has Deal on Cash Collateral Access
729-731 MEEKER: Seeks To Sell Brooklyn Property at Online Auction
ADVANCED URGENT: Has Deal on Cash Collateral Access
ADVENTURE COAST: Gary Murphey Named Subchapter V Trustee
ALABAMA RENTALS: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral

ALAMO BEER: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection in Texas
ALBERTSONS COMPANIES: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba1 CFR to Stable
ALLSTATE REALTY: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
AMERICAN TIRE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to May 20
ANGIE'S TRANSPORTATION: Gets OK to Use Webster's Cash Collateral

ATLAS CC: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC+' on Onerous Debt Burden
BALANCE LIFE: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
BAMBY EXPRESS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Feb. 28
BARSCOTT LLC: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
BLINK FITNESS: Judge Denies Chapter 11 Plan Exculpations

BROCATO'S SANDWICH: Court OKs Continued Access to Cash Collateral
BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable
BURGERFI INT'L: Updates TREW Claims Pay Details; Files Amended Plan
CAI RENO: Credit Facility to Contribute to Plan Funding
CDK GLOBAL II: Moody's Downgrades CFR & Senior Secured Notes to B3

CENTRAL HOUSEWARES: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
CONTAINER STORE: U.S. Trustee Requests Bankruptcy Plan Appeal Stay
COVIA HOLDINGS: Moody's Hikes CFR to 'B1', Outlook Stable
CRUSADE BURGER: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to March 28
DECORATIVE PLUMBING: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral

DENT TECH: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 79.70% of Claims in Plan
DIOCESE OF BURLINGTON: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to July 28
DISTRICT 5 BOUTIQUE: Gets Final OK to Use $286K in Cash Collateral
DP AUTO SALES: Unsecureds Will Get 13.1% Dividend over 5 Years
DRIP MORE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Use to Feb. 19

EASTERN MAINE HEALTHCARE: S&P Lowers Taxable Bonds Rating to 'BB-'
EDGEWATER GENERATION: Moody's Affirms B3 Rating on Sec. Bank Loans
ERC MANUFACTURING: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
EXPRESS MOBILE: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Pennsylvania
EYM PIZZA: Sells 77 Pizza Hut Locations

FIRST COAST: Unsecureds Will Get 10% of Claims over 60 Months
FOUR SEAS: Gets Final OK to Access Cash Collateral
FREEDOM MORTGAGE: S&P Rates $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B'
FREEPORT LNG: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
G FAB: Gets Final OK to Use $1.28-Mil. in Cash Collateral

GIRARDI & KEESE: Trustee Sues DiNardo, Law Firm for Fee Fraud
GRISWOLD ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
HALO ESTATES: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Until April 30
HONDUCRETE REDI: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection in Texas
HOUZE AMERICA: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on March 3

JACKSON HOSPITAL: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
JACOBS ENTERTAINMENT: S&P Lowers ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
JEA2 LLC: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
JORDAN HEALTH: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to June 4
KOZUBA & SONS: Court to Hold Cash Collateral Hearing Today

KYLE CHAPMAN: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 95% of Claims in Plan
LIBERATED BRANDS: Secures Court Okay to Tap $25MM Ch. 11 Financing
LILLY INDUSTRIES: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
LITTLE MINT: Ward and Smith, 2 Others Appointed to Creditors' Panel
LOS TRECE TEXAS: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments

LOUISIANA APPLE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to March 3
LUMIO HOLDINGS: Gets Ch. 11 Liquidation Approval after Asset Sale
LUTHERAN HOME: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
MACON ARTS: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
MASTER FLOW: Selling Natchitoches Property to J. Bernard Realty

MASTER FLOW: To Sell 173 Sorgee Road Property to Detris Crane
MID-ATLANTIC RHEUMATOLOGY: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Maryland
MJD ENGINEERING: Case Summary & Eight Unsecured Creditors
MJM LANDSCAPE: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
MMV F&B: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Texas

MORVATT ENTERPRISES: Matt Golden Appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee
MPH ACQUISITION: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Caa1' CFR to Stable
MYNARIC AG: Plans to File Chapter 11 Bankruptcy
N&H SADDLEBRED: Court OKs Woodschurch Property Sale for $415,000
NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA: S&P Rates Preferred Share Issuances 'BB+'

NESCO HOLDING: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
NEW YORK'S PREMIER: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
NOMADE VILLA: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
OCEANKEY (US) II: Moody's Rates New Incremental First Lien Loan B2
ORANGE TUMBLER: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral Until March 14

OUTBRAIN INC: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
P2 OAKLAND: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
PENN HILLS SD: Moody's Upgrades Issuer & GOLT Ratings to Ba1
PENNYMAC FINANCIAL: S&P Rates New $650MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B+'
PETROQUEST ENERGY: Gets Court Approval for $20.6MM Oilfield Sale

PHOENIX EXTEND-A-SUITES: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
PHOENIX GUARANTOR: Moody's Affirms B1 CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
PHYSICIAN PARTNERS: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Ca', Outlook Stable
PPGE ALAMO: To Sell Quality Inn Hotel to Patel Capital for $3.6MM
PRAIRIE ACQUIROR: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Negative

PREMIER DATACOM: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
RADIOLOGY PARTNERS: Moody's Alters Outlook on Caa1 CFR to Positive
REDLINE METALS: Court OKs Limited Use of Cash Collateral
REVITALIZE PORTLAND: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale/Refinance
RIGHT SIZE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral

RIVERBED HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns 'Caa1' CFR, Outlook Stable
RUSH INC: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Illinois
SAVAGE ENTERPRISES: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Stable
SBF VENTURES: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Massachusetts
SEASONAL LANDSCAPE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Feb. 28

SOUTHERN AUTO: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 10
STEWARD HEALTH: Latham Defends Bankruptcy Efforts Amid TRACO Issues
TEAK DECK: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 20
TECIAS CHILDCARE: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on March 5
TEMPLETON REAGAN: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on February 28

TERRAFORM LABS: Trustee Opposes White & Case Payment in Chapter 11
TOHI LLC: Files Amendment to Disclosure Statement
TRUENOORD LIMITED: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
UNIMODE WOODWORKING: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 28
UNIVERSAL BIOCARBON: Files Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Florida

UNLIMITED ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
VIPER ENERGY: Moody's Puts 'Ba2' CFR on Review for Upgrade
VISION PAINTING: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until March 7
W.R. GRACE: Moody's Lowers CFR to 'B3', Outlook Stable
WH INTERMEDIATE: S&P Rates Subs New First-Lien Term Loan 'B'

WILDCAT LENDER: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
WINDSOR HOLDINGS III: Fitch Affirms B+ LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
ZARIFIAN ENTERPRISES: Seeks to Sell Carpentry Equipment at Auction
ZMETRA LAND: Case Summary & 15 Unsecured Creditors
[] January 2025 Chapter 11 Commercial Filings Rise 16% YOY

[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings

                            *********

3265 E. VALLEY: Affiliate Has Deal on Cash Collateral Access
------------------------------------------------------------
Linear Companies, LLC, an affiliate of 3265 E. Valley Vista, LLC,
and the U.S. Small Business Administration advised the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Arizona that they have reached
an agreement regarding the company's cash collateral and now desire
to memorialize the terms of this agreement into an agreed order.

On May 17, 2020, Linear entered into a Loan Authorization and
Agreement with SBA for a loan in the original principal amount of
$150,000, as evidenced by, among other things, the Note dated May
17, 2020, executed by the company in connection with the Loan.

Lender's security interest in the company's personal property is
perfected by a UCC Financing Statement filed on June 1, 2020, at
Document No. 2020-003-1141-8 with the Arizona Secretary of State.

SBA consents and stipulates to the company's use of cash collateral
pursuant to the terms of the Cash Collateral Order, to pay ordinary
and necessary operating expenses through and including February 13,
2025, pursuant to the budget.

As additional adequate protection of SBA's interests for Linear
Companies LLC's use of cash collateral, the company will remit
adequate protection payments to the SBA in the amount of $214 per
month, starting January 2025, with the payment to be paid on or
before the 15th of each month.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=smhUYQ
from PacerMonitor.com.

               About 3265 E. Valley Vista LLC

3265 E. Valley Vista, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz.) Case No. 2:24-bk-10529-BKM)
on December 9, 2024. In the petition signed by Sean Parsons,
member, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Randy Nussbaum, Esq., at Sacks Tierney P.A., represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.





729-731 MEEKER: Seeks To Sell Brooklyn Property at Online Auction
-----------------------------------------------------------------
729-731 Meeker Group LLC seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Eastern District of New York, at a hearing on March
5, at 10:30 a.m., to sell its real property known as and located at
729-731 Meeker Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11222, free and clear of
all liens, claims and encumbrances.

The Debtor's real property is a mixed-use building located in the
Greenpoint section of Brooklyn, New York. The Property was built in
1928 and has 4 stories and 8 units.

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee for the benefit
of the holders of CF 2019-CF3 Mortgage Trust Commercial Mortgage
Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2019-CF3, is the holder of a
first mortgage against the Property.

The proposed Bidding Procedures provide an initial overbid in the
amount of $2,500,000 and the  successful purchaser must close title
to the Property on a date that is no later than 75 calendar days
after the entry of a final and non-appealable order.

The successful buyer will be the party or parties who tender the
highest or best bid, which presents the best opportunity to
maximize the value of the Property for the benefit of the Debtor's
estate and its creditors. Any party that is interested in bidding
on the Property must provide the Debtor's attorney with a minimum
deposit of 10% of the price offered.

The Auction shall be conducted telephonically or by videoconference
on May 15, 2025 at 2:30 pm.

The Debtor seeks to sell the Property, "As Is" "Where Is" without
any representations or warranties of any kind.

                         About 729-731 Meeker Group LLC

729-731 Meeker Group LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate  debtor (as
defined in 11 U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).

729-731 Meeker Group LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 24-42846) on July 9,
2024. In the petition filed by Mitchell Steiman, as vice president
of restructuring, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Jil Mazer-Marino handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by Joel M. Shafferman, Esq., at
SHAFFFERMAN & FELDMAN LLP.


ADVANCED URGENT: Has Deal on Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------------------
Advanced Urgent Care, LLC and Independent Bank entered into a
stipulation to extend the company's authority to use cash
collateral.

The stipulation authorizes the company to use the bank's cash
collateral until March 31 to fund its business operations.

The terms of the cash collateral order issued on Sept. 12 last year
will remain in full force and effect through March 31 in accordance
with the updated budget, according to the stipulation.

The stipulation is subject to approval by the U S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Colorado.

A copy of the stipulation is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=VKkFdt from PacerMonitor.com.

                     About Advanced Urgent Care

Advanced Urgent Care, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 24-14536) on August
7, 2024. In the petition signed by Anthony G. Euser, managing
member, the Debtor disclosed up to $50,000 in assets and up to $1
million in liabilities.

David J. Warner, Esq., at Wadsworth Garber Warner Conrardy, P.C.,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.

Independent Bank, as lender, is represented by:

     John F. Young, Esq.
     Mark us Williams Young & Hunskker LLC
     1775 Sherman Street, Suite 1950
     Denver, CO 80203
     Phone: 303-830-0800
     Fax: 303-830-0809
     Email: jyoungffiMarkusWilliaros.com


ADVENTURE COAST: Gary Murphey Named Subchapter V Trustee
--------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Trustee for Region 21 appointed Gary Murphey of Resurgence
Financial Services, LLC as Subchapter V trustee for Adventure
Coast, LLC.

Mr. Murphey will be paid an hourly fee of $400 for his services as
Subchapter V trustee and will be reimbursed for work-related
expenses incurred.

Mr. Murphey declared that he is a disinterested person according to
Section 101(14) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The Subchapter V trustee can be reached at:

     Gary Murphey
     Resurgence Financial Services, LLC
     3330 Cumberland Blvd., Suite 500
     Atlanta, GA 30330
     Tel: (770) 933-6855
     Email: Murphey@RFSLimited.com

                     About Adventure Coast LLC

Adventure Coast, LLC is an equipment rental service provider
specializing in trailers, restrooms, showers, generators, and other
production essentials for the film, broadcast, live events, private
events, and sports industries. With locations across major cities
like Atlanta, Nashville, and Orlando, the Company provides
nationwide service for everything from large-scale productions to
intimate events. Its extensive inventory includes talent trailers,
RVs, office trailers, shower trailers and heavy equipment.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N. D. Ga. Case No. 25-50682) on January 22,
2025. In the petition signed by Marcus Cooley, CEO, the Debtor
disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.

Benjamin Keck, Esq., at Keck Legal, LLC, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


ALABAMA RENTALS: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Alabama,
Southern Division granted Alabama Rentals, Inc. authorization to
use cash collateral on a final basis.

The final order authorized the company to use cash collateral,
including cash, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, and proceeds
thereof, to pay its expenses in the normal course of business.

The company is not allowed to use cash collateral to pay
pre-bankruptcy claims of general unsecured creditors without court
approval.

Alabama Rentals was ordered to provide adequate protection to its
secured creditors in the form of a replacement lien to the extent
the value of their liens is decreased by the company's use of cash
collateral. The company was also ordered to escrow $1,000 per month
for Subchapter V trustee's fees and expenses, which are exempt from
the replacement lien.

The Assistant Bankruptcy Administrator, Subchapter V trustee, and
counsel for Millennial Bank consent to the terms of the final
order.

                     About Alabama Rentals Inc.

Alabama Rentals, Inc. is into the business of renting commercial
and industrial machinery and equipment. The company is based in
Birmingham, Ala.

Alabama Rentals filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ala. Case No. 24-03559) on
November 22, 2024, with $1 million to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities. Brian Walding of Walding, LLC serves as Subchapter
V trustee.

Judge D. Sims Crawford oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Anthony B Bush, Esq.
   The Bush Law Firm, LLC
   Tel: 334-263-7733
   Email: abush@bushlegalfirm.com


ALAMO BEER: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection in Texas
-----------------------------------------------------------
Earl Stoudemire of Kens5 reports that Alamo Beer Company, one of
San Antonio's largest breweries, has filed for Chapter 11
bankruptcy protection. The company, based on the Eastside, filed
the petition on Monday, February 3, 2025, in the Western District
of Texas.

This filing is part of a broader trend of beer businesses in the
area closing or downsizing, with local breweries such as Weathered
Souls, Busted Sandal, and Second Pitch shutting down last year due
to rising operational costs and declining sales, the report notes.

According to Kens5, Alamo's difficulties began last fall when the
company revealed to the Express News that, although its brewery has
the capacity to produce 40,000 barrels a year, it was only
producing 7,600—less than 20% of its potential.

In an attempt to raise funds, the company listed its two-acre
parking lot at 202 Lamar Street for $1.5 million last summer.
Reports indicate that the bankruptcy filing estimates the company's
value at up to $10 million, with outstanding debts of a similar
magnitude, the report states.

To help stabilize, Alamo Beer has partnered with Viva Beer, another
San Antonio craft brewery, and acquired Shotgun Seltzer, based in
Austin. The company has also secured contracts to package other
beverages, according to report.

Eugene Simor, who has owned Alamo Beer for nearly 30 years, is
facing this challenge just weeks before the brewery's 10th
anniversary in the Dignowity Hill neighborhood. The Chapter 11
filing will allow the company to restructure its operations and
address its financial obligations in an effort to return to
stability. Simor told the San Antonio Business Journal that the
company plans to recapitalize, reorganize, and emerge stronger, the
report relays.

                About Alamo Beer Company

Alamo Beer Company LLC is a beverage manufacturer in San Antonio,
Texas, that brews the only beer to bear the ALAMO name since
Prohibition ended in 1919, embracing a legacy of independence and
authenticity. The Company hosts a variety of weekly events,
including live music, brewery tours, trivia, and karaoke. The
Company is a member of the Brewers Association.

Alamo Beer Company LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-50245) on February 3,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Craig A. Gargotta handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     William B. Kingman, Esq.
     LAW OFFICES OF WILLIAM B. KINGMAN
     3511 Broadway
     San Antonio, TX 78209
     Tel: (210) 829-1199
     Email: bkingman@kingmanlaw.com


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES: Moody's Alters Outlook on Ba1 CFR to Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed Albertsons Companies, Inc.'s ratings;
including the corporate family rating at Ba1, its probability of
default rating at Ba1-PD and the ratings on its senior unsecured
notes at Ba2.  Moody's also affirmed the Ba2 ratings for Safeway
Inc.'s ("Safeway") legacy senior unsecured notes assumed by
Albertson's Holdings LLC. Albertsons speculative grade liquidity
rating ("SGL") remains unchanged at SGL-1. The rating outlook for
both issuers changed to stable from positive.

The change in outlook to stable reflects that Albertson's will
maintain consistent credit metrics, prudent financial strategies
and very good liquidity following the termination of the merger
agreement between Kroger Co. and Albertsons.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The affirmation of the ratings reflects the effect of Albertsons
debt reduction efforts and resilient operating performance, despite
a challenging consumer spending environment, that has resulted in
improved credit metrics.  The affirmation also reflects the
company's meaningfully reduced private equity ownership,
differentiated merchandising, increase in its high margin owned
brand portfolio, high number of digital customers, and ongoing
productivity improvements.

Albertsons' Ba1 CFR reflects its sizable scale as the second
largest traditional supermarket in the US, leading market position,
well established owned brand portfolio and significant store
ownership.  Albertsons large base of stores that are owned rather
than leased represent a credit positive, as it reduces the
company's fixed cost burden relative to companies with leased real
estate and provides a source of value to creditors.  The rating
also reflects Alberson's debt reduction and resilient operating
performance despite a difficult consumer spending environment. The
company's sales continue to grow reflecting low to mid-single digit
same store sales.  In addition, Albertsons digital sales have grown
an average of 25% since fiscal 2022 as consumers increasingly got
comfortable ordering online.  Since fiscal 2018 Albertsons has
reduced funded debt by nearly 25%.  As a result, debt to EBITDA is
about 3.0x for the LTM ended11/30/2024 since 2020 from a high of
4.8x in 2018 with EBITA to interest at about 2.7x from 1.3x for the
same period. Moody's expect debt to EBITDA and EBITA to interest to
remain relatively stable over the next 12 months.

The ratings are constrained by Moody's view that the supermarket
segment is a mature sector that faces intense price competition
between traditional players and alternative food retailers, such as
Walmart Inc., Target Corporation and Costco Wholesale Corporation.
While Albertsons is not insulated from challenged consumer spending
and fierce competition, Moody's believe that the company will
remain a very effective competitor.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

An upgrade of the ratings would require an articulated financial
policy, capital structure, and liquidity that supports an
investment grade rating, as well as increased independent Board
membership. Quantitatively ratings could be upgraded if same store
sales growth remains consistently positive, liquidity is very good,
debt/EBITDA is sustained below 2.5x and EBITA/interest is sustained
above 4.25x.

Ratings could be downgraded if Albertsons identical store sales
performance or operating margin trends turn negative or trail
peers, liquidity deteriorates, or financial policies become more
aggressive. Quantitatively ratings could be downgraded if
debt/EBITDA is sustained above 3.75x or EBITA/interest is sustained
below 3.5x.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Retail and
Apparel published in November 2023.

Headquartered in Boise, Idaho Albertsons Companies, Inc. is the
second largest traditional supermarket in the US  As of November
30, 2024, Albertsons operated 2,273 retail stores with 1,732
pharmacies, 405 associated fuel centers, 22 dedicated distribution
centers and 19 manufacturing facilities across 34 states and the
District of Columbia with more than 20 well known banners including
Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs,
Jewel-Osco, Acme, Shaw's, Star Market, United Supermarkets, Market
Street, Haggen, Kings Food Markets and Balducci's Food Lovers
Market. Cerberus Capital Management owns 26% of Albertsons' common
equity. Annual revenue is about $80 billion.


ALLSTATE REALTY: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
---------------------------------------------
Allstate Realty Group, Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Central District of California, San Fernando Valley Division, for
authority to use cash collateral and provide adequate protection.

Select Portfolio Servicing and Smuel Cohen assert an interest in
the company's cash collateral.

Allstate requires the use of cash collateral to pay the reasonable
expenses it incurs during the ordinary course of its business.

The company fell behind on its mortgage obligations since the
Pandemic because the prior tenants stopped paying rent to the
company. The company evicted them in May 2023 and has new tenants.

The 1st Lien holder is SPS with an approximate balance of $3.310
million as of the petition date per Notice of Trustee Sale dated
July 29, 2024, by the lender. Smuel Cohen is the 2nd lien holder
with an estimated balance of $2.7 million as of the date of filing
the case.

The estimated value of the subject property is $2 million based on
comparable sales and the company's knowledge or area.

Allstate proposed to start making adequate protection payments to
SPS, effective November 1, 2024 and continue on monthly basis as
summarized in the cash collateral budget until the company's
Chapter 11 plan is confirmed or plan treatment stipulation is
entered into among the company, and SPS.

A hearing on the matter is set for March 4.

                About Allstate Realty Group Inc.

Allstate Realty Group, Inc. sells retail deck products and installs
teak decking.

Allstate sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 1:24-bk-11555) on September 17,
2024, with up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities. Joseph
Kashki, chief executive officer of Allstate, signed the petition.

Judge Martin R. Barash oversees the case.

Onyinye N. Anyama, Esq., at Anyama Law Firm, APC, represents the
Debtor as bankruptcy counsel.


AMERICAN TIRE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to May 20
---------------------------------------------------------
American Tire Distributors, Inc. and affiliates asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to May 30 and July 21, 2025, respectively.

The Debtors claim that these chapter 11 cases involve thirteen
jointly-administered Debtor entities, which had, at the outset of
these cases, approximately 4,500 employees. The Debtors continue to
operate their business and serve over 80,000 customers throughout
North America. The Debtors also have a wide variety of parties in
interest, from various vendors and contractual and litigation
counterparties to local, state, and federal agencies, many of whom
have been active in these chapter 11 cases.

Further, the Debtors will provide transition services to the
purchaser under the Stalking Horse Asset Purchase Agreement to
effectuate a smooth transition for all stakeholders and to maximize
the value of these estates. This will be an involved process,
requiring the Debtors, their personnel, and their professionals to
negotiate with numerous stakeholders as well as the purchaser to
ensure uninterrupted service. Accordingly, the size and complexity
of these chapter 11 cases weigh in favor of extending the
Exclusivity Periods.

The Debtors explain that they have had extensive negotiations and
shared information related to the marketing and sale process as
well as the Debtors proposed Plan, which they expect to file in the
near term since the Committee's formation. In the weeks ahead, the
Debtors will seek conditional approval of the Disclosure Statement
and will continue to engage with their stakeholders to further
develop and negotiate the Plan. The Debtors' substantial progress
administering these chapter 11 cases weighs in favor of an
extension of the Exclusivity Periods.

The Debtors assert that they have already taken significant steps
toward exiting these chapter 11 cases by negotiating with their key
stakeholders regarding the terms of a potential Plan to effectuate
an orderly wind down process to allocate proceeds following the
closing of the Sale Transaction, which is ultimately the best path
forward for the Debtors' estates. Accordingly, an extension of the
Exclusivity Periods will allow the Debtors adequate time to
complete the negotiations on the Plan, file the Plan, solicit votes
thereon, and move forward with obtaining Court approval.

The Debtors further assert that they are not seeking an extension
of the Exclusivity Periods to pressure or prejudice any of their
stakeholders. The Debtors have been diligently moving these chapter
11 cases forward. Accordingly, the relief requested herein is
without prejudice to the Debtors' creditors and will benefit the
Debtors' estates, their creditors, and all other key parties in
interest.

Co-Counsel for the Debtors:           

                   Anup Sathy, P.C.
                   Chad J. Husnick, P.C.
                   David R. Gremling, Esq.
                   KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
                   AND KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
                   333 West Wolf Point Plaza
                   Chicago, Illinois 60654
                   Tel: (312) 862-2000
                   Fax: (312) 862-2200
                   Email: anup.sathy@kirkland.com
                          chad.husnick@kirkland.com
                          dave.gremling@kirkland.com
                          
Co-Counsel for the Debtors:           

                   Laura Davis Jones, Esq.
                   Timothy P. Cairns, Esq.
                   Edward A. Corma, Esq.
                   PACHULSKI STANG ZIEHL & JONES LLP
                   919 North Market Street, 17th Floor
                   Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                   Tel: (302) 652-4100
                   Fax: (302) 652-4400
                   Email: ljones@pszjlaw.com
                          tcairns@pszjlaw.com
                          ecorma@pszjlaw.com

      About American Tire Distributors

Headquartered in Huntersville, N.C., American Tire Distributors
Inc. and its affiliates are the largest distributor of replacement
tires in North America based on dollar amount of wholesale sales.
With their network of over 115 distribution centers and 1,500
delivery vehicles, the Debtors service a geographic region covering
more than 90 percent of the replacement tire market for passenger
vehicles and light trucks in the United States. The Debtors carry
many of the nation's leading tire brands including Michelin,
Pirelli, and Continental. In addition, the Debtors' proprietary
Hercules brand is a leading private tire brand in North America.

American Tire Distributors and its affiliates sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case
No. 24-12391) on October 22, 2024. In its petition, American Tire
Distributors reported $1 billion to $10 billion in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Craig T. Goldblatt oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Kirkland & Ellis as bankruptcy counsel;
Pachulski Stang Ziehl & Jones, LLP as Delaware counsel; AP
Services, LLC as restructuring advisor; and Moelis & Company, LLC
as financial advisor. Donlin, Recano & Company, Inc. is the notice
and claims agent and administrative advisor.


ANGIE'S TRANSPORTATION: Gets OK to Use Webster's Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------------------------------
Angie's Transportation, LLC and STL Equipment Leasing Co., LLC
received final approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Missouri, Eastern Division, to use the cash
collateral of Webster Capital Finance until March 16.

Webster is a secured creditor of STL, with valid liens on five
trailers owned by the company.

As protection for the use of its collateral, Webster will be
granted replacement liens on its collateral to the same extent and
with the same validity and priority as its pre-bankruptcy liens.  

In addition, Webster will receive "adequate protection" payments,
including an initial payment of $3,000 and monthly payments of
$4,500 due on or before the 15th day of each month until further
order of the court or the effective date of a confirmed plan of
reorganization.

                    About Angie's Transportation

Angie's Transportation, LLC, a trucking company in St. Louis, Mo.,
and STL Equipment Leasing Co, LLC filed Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. E.D. Miss. Lead Case No. 24-44594) on December 16, 2024.

At the time of the filing, Angie's reported $1 million to $10
million in assets and $500,000 to $1 million in liabilities while
STL reported $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Judge Brian C. Walsh handles the cases.

The Debtors are represented by Andrew Magdy, Esq., at Schmidt
Basch, LLC.


ATLAS CC: S&P Downgrades ICR to 'CCC+' on Onerous Debt Burden
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on Atlas CC
Holding LLC (Cubic Corp.) to 'CCC+' from 'B-'. At the same time,
S&P lowered its issue-level rating on its senior secured credit
facilities to 'B-' from 'B'. The recovery rating remains '2'.

The negative outlook reflects that S&P could lower its ratings if
Cubic does not demonstrate significant improvement to its credit
measures over the next 12 months.

Cubic Corp. has continued to underperform its expectations with
persisting free operating cash flow (FOCF) deficits through 2024.

S&P said, "We think Cubic's capital structure is unsustainable
based on onerous levels of debt combined with consistent,
substantial underperformance. After several years of consistent
FOCF deficits exceeding $100 million, we expect improved FOCF in
2025 as contract assets are released with project milestone
payments from some of its largest contracts. However, challenges
related to supply chain issues, contract award delays, contract
renegotiations, and restructuring costs have burdened the company's
performance. Still, new contract wins have been slow and existing
contracts, including the recently renegotiated Boston contract, and
the descoped New York contract, have underperformed. Our updated
forecast reflects lower revenue growth informed by these
developments while we expect a significant step up in profitability
in fiscal 2025 (ending Sept. 30, 2025). Still, we now believe
leverage will be sustained well above 10x and consistent positive
FOCF generation will be highly dependent on favorable economic and
business conditions. In 2025, we forecast positive FOCF driven
primarily by cash receipts at its consolidated variable interest
entity (VIE) associated with its Massachusetts Bay Transportation
Authority (MBTA) contract, which will be primarily directed to
repay the VIE's debt.

"We believe Cubic's debt obligations are overly burdensome and we
no longer anticipate sufficient earnings growth to reduce leverage
to manageable levels. Total S&P Global Ratings’ adjusted debt as
of the end of fiscal 2024 was about $3 billion, including preferred
equity, VIE debt (nonrecourse to Cubic), and trade receivables
sold. We anticipate milestone payments made to the VIE will lower
consolidated debt over the next couple of years. Still, the roughly
$2.0 billion of first- and second-lien debt (As of Sept. 30, 2024)
held directly by Cubic represent an onerous debt burden, in our
view. Recent revenue headwinds were driven by some of its largest
contracts shifting to the operations and maintenance phase and new
contract wins will likely help to offset the top-line headwinds
somewhat over the next couple of years. We also anticipate
expanding profit margins driven by cost-saving initiatives and mix
shift toward higher margin operations and maintenance (O&M)
revenue, without the burden of last year's charges related to
contract renegotiations.

"We think Cubic's Transportation Systems segment (CTS) faces tough
competition with other large-scale providers, which has limited its
ability to meet our revenue growth expectations. For example, last
year, the Metropolitan Transportation Authority (MTA) canceled a
contract option with Cubic, opting to utilize its existing vendor
for mobile railroad ticketing enhancements. Still, we believe Cubic
maintains a competitive advantage relative to smaller peers based
on its extensive experience working on large-scale and highly
complex transportation projects. We think opportunities with
upcoming transit projects could enable more rapid growth. For
example, the company was recently awarded a $230 million contract
in Philadelphia to update its electronic fare-collection system,
replacing its competitor, Conduent. It was also awarded a new
contract in Tasmania to provide a smart ticketing solution for its
transport system. Meanwhile, the company's Mission and Performance
Solutions segment continues to perform in line with our
expectations.

"Cubic's liquidity has contracted below our expectations, although
we do not foresee a liquidity shortfall over the next 12 months.
The company reported total liquidity of $220 million as of the end
of fiscal year 2024 (ended Sept. 30, 2024). Through an extended
period of cash flow deficits over the past few years, the company
has used balance sheet cash, revolver availability, and its fiscal
2023 execution of a real-estate sale leaseback transaction to
continue funding its operations. With liquidity sources tightening,
underperformance relative to our forecast, perhaps related to
delays in achieving contract milestones, could pressure Cubic's
ability to meet financial obligations. Meanwhile, the company's
debt term loans are currently priced at distressed levels, which
present refinancing risk and limit its ability to source additional
financing if needed. Furthermore, we think the company's ability to
generate consistently positive FOCF is uncertain and dependent on
favorable market conditions. Still, our base case assumes the
company will address the looming May 2026 maturity of its revolving
credit facility, supporting its liquidity position.

"The negative outlook reflects that we believe Cubic's performance
could deteriorate beyond our base case within the next 12 month,
leading to an increased likelihood of a default or distressed
exchange."

S&P could lower its rating on Cubic if it envisions a specific
default scenario occurring within 12 months. This could occur if:

-- It is unable to extend its revolver's May 2026 maturity;

-- Cost overruns or project delays cause us to anticipate
incremental FOCF deficits with a possibility of a liquidity
shortfall;

-- The company engages in a liability management transaction or
debt exchange that we view as distressed.

S&P could take a positive rating action if:

-- It successfully extends its revolver maturity, and we
anticipate a successful refinancing of its capital structure at
par;

-- The company demonstrates consistent positive free operating
cash flow; and

-- S&P expect continued top-line growth and consistent EBTIDA
margins that support its capital structure.



BALANCE LIFE: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-----------------------------------------------
Debtor: Balance Life Better Enhancement Corporation
        9760 Woodward Ave
        Detroit, MI 48202

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of Michigan

Case No.: 25-41075

Debtor's Counsel: Orlando Avant, Esq.
                  ORLANDO AVANT, P.C.
                  26100 American Drive Suite 607
                  Southfield MI 48034
                  E-mail: attyodavant@yahoo.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Raphael Williams Jr. as managing
member.

The Debtor failed to provide a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors in the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/N72HPNA/Balance_Life_Better_Enhancement__miebke-25-41075__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BAMBY EXPRESS: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Feb. 28
--------------------------------------------------------------
Bamby Express, Inc. received interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern
Division to use cash collateral until Feb. 28, marking the sixth
extension since the company's Chapter 11 filing.

The sixth interim order authorized the company to use the cash
collateral of the U.S. Small Business Administration and other
lienholders to pay expenses in accordance with its budget, which
covers the period from Feb. 1 to 28.

The budget shows total monthly expenses of $14,719.

In return for the use of their cash collateral, SBA and other
lienholders will receive an administrative expense claim and
replacement liens on substantially all of Bamby's assets.

SBA has valid liens totaling $427,100 against the company's
assets.

The next hearing is scheduled for Feb. 26.

                         About Bamby Express

Bamby Express, Inc. is a small transportation company that operates
a single semi-truck and trailer. It primarily offers freight and
logistics services.

Bamby Express sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 24-13689) on September
17, 2024, with up to $50,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities. Dusan Cirkovic, president of Bamby Express, signed the
petition.

Judge Timothy A. Barnes oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Richard G Larsen, Esq.
   Springer Larsen, LLC
   Tel: 630-510-0000
   Email: rlarsen@springerbrown.com


BARSCOTT LLC: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Barscott, LLC
        825 S. Barrington Ave.
        Los Angeles, CA 90049

Business Description: Barscott, LLC is engaged in activities
                      related to real estate.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-10878

Debtor's Counsel: Gary E. Klausner, Esq.
                  LEVENE, NEALE, BENDER, YOO & GOLUBCHIK LLP
                  2818 La Cienega Ave.
                  Los Angeles, CA 90034
                  Tel: (310) 229-1234
                  E-mail: GEK@LNBYG.COM

Estimated Assets: $10 million to $50 million

Estimated Liabilities: $10 million to $50 million

The petition was signed by Logan A. Beitler, as manager.

The Debtor has listed the Los Angeles County Tax Collector, P.O.
Box 54018, as its only unsecured creditor.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OZPPFUY/Barscott_LLC__cacbke-25-10878__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


BLINK FITNESS: Judge Denies Chapter 11 Plan Exculpations
--------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that a Delaware bankruptcy judge on
February 4, 2025, refused Blink Fitness' request to shield the
administrator of its Chapter 11 wind-down plan from legal
liability, ruling that future claims cannot be waived.

                     About Blink Holdings
              
Blink Holdings, Inc., d/b/a Blink Fitness, provides fitness
services in the high value, low price fitness category. The
business was launched in 2011 with only three locations in New York
and New Jersey. By 2019, Blink Fitness had expanded to 92
corporate-owned locations and 10 franchised locations in New York,
New Jersey, Massachusetts, Texas, Illinois, and California, and had
just launched a proprietary mobile application to enhance member
experience.

Blink Holdings and more than 100 of its affiliates sought relief
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead
Case No. 24-11686) on Aug. 12, 2024. In the petition filed by
President Guy Harkless, Blink Holdings disclosed $100 million to
$500 million in assets against $100 million to $500 million in
debt.

The Hon. J. Kate Stickles presides over the cases.

Young Conaway Stargatt & Taylor, LLP serves as the Debtors'
counsel. Moelis & Company is the Debtors' investment banker and
EPIQ Corporate Restructuring LLC is the Debtors' notice and claims
agent.


BROCATO'S SANDWICH: Court OKs Continued Access to Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Brocato's Sandwich Shop Inc. received sixth interim approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division to continue to use the cash collateral of its secured
creditors.

The court authorized the company to use cash the collateral of U.S.
Foods, Inc., Gordon Food Service, Inc., and the Florida Department
of Revenue to pay the expenses set forth in its budget, with a 10%
allowance for each line item.

As protection, the court granted secured creditors post-petition
liens on the same terms as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

Brocato's' authority to use cash collateral will continue until
further order of the court.

The next hearing is scheduled for March 6.

Gordon Food Service can be reached through its counsel:

     Brad W. Hissing, Esq.
     Wetherington Hamilton, P.A.
     812 W. Dr. MLK Jr. Boulevard, Suite 101
     Tampa, FL 33603
     Telephone: (813) 225-1918 ext. 129
     Facsimile: (813) 225-2321
     Email: bradh@whhlaw.com

                   About Brocato's Sandwich Shop

Brocato's Sandwich Shop, Inc. owns and operates a sandwich
restaurant in Tampa, Fla.

Brocato's filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No.
24-02613) on May 8, 2024, with $14,595 in assets and $1,396,391 in
liabilities. Michael Brocato, president of Brocato's, signed the
petition.

Judge Roberta A. Colton oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Buddy D Ford, Esq.
   Jonathan A Semach, Esq.
   Buddy D. Ford, P.A.
   Tel: 813-877-4669
   Email: buddy@tampaesq.com
          jonathan@tampaesq.com


BUILDERS FIRSTSOURCE: Moody's Affirms 'Ba1' CFR, Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Builders FirstSource, Inc.'s (BLDR) Ba1
Corporate Family Rating, Ba1-PD Probability of Default Rating and
the Ba2 ratings on the company's senior unsecured notes. The SGL-1
Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating remains unchanged. The outlook
is maintained at stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The affirmation of BLDR's Ba1 CFR recognizes the company's scale
and market leadership in the distribution of structural building
and manufactured products. BLDR has a proven track record of
maintaining solid credit metrics and a low leverage through the
cycle. Overall, adjusted debt-to-EBITDA should remain below 2.5x
through 2026 and Moody's project robust free cash flow generation.

While Moody's anticipate revenue to increase slightly in 2025 and
2026, BLDR will likely need to contend with some margin pressure in
the next two years. Moody's project adjusted EBITDA margin in the
range of 12% - 13.5% through 2026, down from 14.9% as of the last
twelve months period ending September 30, 2024, driven by lower
lumber prices and declining revenue from new multi-family
construction. Intense competition and reliance on commodity-like
products make material expansion of operating margins and market
share gains difficult to achieve. New housing construction, the
primary driver of BLDR's revenue, is very cyclical and can lead to
volatility in volumes and earnings.

BLDR has aggressive policies regarding share repurchases and the
company may pursue large-debt financed acquisitions to expand its
national footprint.

The company's very good liquidity is a credit strength. BLDR's
SGL-1 rating reflects Moody's view that the company will maintain
very good liquidity, generating at least a $1 billion in annual
free cash flow each of the next two years. BLDR has access to a
$1.8 billion asset based revolving credit facility due 2028.
Revolver availability totaled about $1.7 billion on September 30,
2024. BLDR uses the revolver for working capital, letters of credit
and bolt-on acquisitions.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that BLDR will
continue to perform well, generating healthy margins and robust
levels of free cash flow despite increased capital expenditures and
some margin pressure. Very good liquidity and conservative
financial policies further support the stable outlook.

The Ba2 ratings on BLDR's senior unsecured notes, one notch below
the corporate family rating, result from their subordination to the
company's sizeable asset based revolving credit facility. The
unsecured notes are pari passu to each other.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A ratings upgrade could occur if end markets remain supportive of
organic growth such that adjusted debt-to-EBITDA is sustained
around 2x and adjusted EBITDA margin remaining above 15%.
Generation of strong free cash flow, preservation of very good
liquidity, maintaining conservative financial policies and a
capital structure that ensures maximum financial flexibility would
also support upward ratings movement.

A ratings downgrade could occur adjusted debt-to-EBITDA remains
above 3x or if operating performance erodes on a sustained basis.
Negative ratings pressure may also transpire if liquidity
deteriorates or the company pursues sizeable debt-financed
acquisitions or increasingly aggressive financial policies.
BLDR (NYSE: BLDR), headquartered in Dallas, Texas, is the largest
national distributor of manufactured products, lumber and other
building products as well as value-added components and services to
the professional contractor mainly for new residential
construction. BLDR's revenue for the 12 months ending September 30.
2024 was $16.7 billion.            

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Distribution
and Supply Chain Services published in December 2024.


BURGERFI INT'L: Updates TREW Claims Pay Details; Files Amended Plan
-------------------------------------------------------------------
BurgerFi International, Inc., and of Anthony's Pizza Holding
Company, LLC and the Committee of Unsecured Creditors submitted a
First Amended Combined Disclosure Statement and Joint Chapter 11
Plan of Liquidation dated January 27, 2025.

The Debtors do not have ongoing business operations after the Sales
and their activities have consisted primarily of post closing
actions to facilitate or otherwise give effect to the transfer of
assets and businesses to the Asset Purchasers pursuant to the Sale
Orders.

Following the closing of the Sales, the Debtors' assets consist
primarily of the Retained Causes of Action. While the Debtors
continue to hold certain Liquor Licenses from previously-closed
locations, such assets are subject to Liens under the Senior Credit
Facility and are not expected to yield proceeds available for
creditors generally.

The Debtors are no longer generating operating income and do not
project further collections. The Plan relies on the Debtors'
remaining cash on hand, on certain funds that have been escrowed in
accordance with the DIP Order for the satisfaction of Professional
Claims, and on all Allowed Claims that are Assumed Liabilities
being satisfied by the applicable Asset Purchaser as required by
the Asset Purchase Agreements and Sale Orders.

The Debtors believe that these assets are sufficient to fund the
Plan process, achieve confirmation, and position the Liquidating
Trust to pursue the Retained Causes of Action. The amount and
timing of Distributions under the Plan for General Unsecured
Claims, if any, will depend on the outcome of litigation of the
Retained Causes of Action.

Class 3 consists of all TREW Claims. The TREW Claims are Allowed in
the aggregate amount of $9,986,061. From the Effective Date and
until the TREW Claims are satisfied in full, TREW shall receive in
Cash the full amount of the proceeds, net of selling costs, of any
disposition of any TREW Collateral. At TREW's election, the
Liquidating Trustee shall promptly transfer all or any TREW
Collateral to TREW or as directed by TREW, with any related costs
or taxes to be borne by TREW, with the fair value of such transfer
to be deemed a satisfaction and release of the TREW Claims in such
amount. Without limiting the foregoing, on account of the TREW
Claims:

     * On the Effective Date, all cash held by the Debtors
(excluding the TREW Cash Contribution) after payment of or reserve
for Allowed Administrative Claims, Priority Tax Claims, or Priority
Non-Tax Claims shall be paid to TREW; and

     * If recovered by the Debtors or the Liquidating Trust, all
adequate assurance deposits previously provided by the Debtors to
any utility, or held by the Debtors for the benefit of any utility,
and all refunds or returns of unearned premiums on insurance
policies that have been canceled, rejected or terminated by the
Debtors, shall be paid to TREW.

On the Effective Date, except as may otherwise be expressly
provided in the Confirmation Order, the Liquidating Trust Assets
shall automatically vest in the Liquidating Trust free and clear of
all Claims, Liens, and Interests other than the TREW Interests.

     TREW Contribution

On the Effective Date, the TREW Cash Contribution shall be made to
the Liquidating Trust. The TREW Cash Contribution shall be used to
fund the costs of the Liquidating Trust and its pursuit of the
Retained Causes of Action, and TREW shall not receive any
Distributions from the TREW Cash Contribution. For the avoidance of
doubt, the TREW Cash Contribution has already been funded to and is
being held by the Debtors.

On the Effective Date, TREW shall make the TREW Litigation
Contribution to the Liquidating Trust.

For each Liquor License that is TREW Collateral sold by the
Liquidating Trust, the Liquidating Trust shall be entitled to a fee
of 3% of the gross proceeds of such sale and shall be entitled to
reimbursement from the gross proceeds of its direct expenses for
such sale.

TREW shall contribute, from the proceeds of Liquor License sales
that would otherwise be payable to TREW as TREW Collateral, to the
Liquidating Trust a total of $50,000 in exchange for the New Parent
Equity.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Combined Disclosure Statement
and Plan dated January 27, 2025 is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=kphFip from Stretto, claims agent.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     RAINES FELDMAN LITTRELL LLP
     Thomas J. Francella, Jr., Esq.
     Mark W. Eckard, Esq.
     1200 N. Broom Street
     Wilmington, DE 19806
     Telephone: (302) 772-5805
     Email: tfrancella@raineslaw.com
            meckard@raineslaw.com

     - and -

     Hamid R. Rafatjoo, Esq.
     Robert S. Marticello, Esq.
     1900 Avenue of the Stars, 19th Floor
     Los Angeles, CA 90067
     Telephone: (310) 440-4100
     Email: hrafatjoo@raineslaw.com
            rmarticello@raineslaw.com

     - and -

     David S. Forsh, Esq.
     1350 Avenue of the Americas, 22nd Floor
     New York, NY 10019
     Telephone: (917) 790-7100
     Email: dforsh@raineslaw.com

Co-Counsel for the Committee of Unsecured Creditors:

     Derek C. Abbott, Esq.
     Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP
     1201 North Market Street, 16th Floor
     PO Box 1347
     Wilmington, DE 19899-1347
     Tel: (302) 351-9357
     Fax: (302) 658-3989
     E-mail: dabbott@morrisnichols.com

            - and -

     Scott N. Opincar, Esq.
     McDonald Hopkins LLC
     600 Superior Avenue, East, Suite 2100
     Cleveland, OH 44114
     Tel: (216) 348-5400
     Email: sopincar@mcdonaldhopkins.com

                      About BurgerFi Int'l

BurgerFi International, Inc. (NASDAQ:BFI) is a multi-brand
restaurant company that develops, markets, and acquires fast casual
and premium-casual dining restaurant concepts around the world,
including corporate-owned stores and franchises. BurgerFi
International, Inc. is the owner and franchisor of two brands with
a combined 144 locations: (i) Anthony's, a premium pizza and wing
brand with 51 restaurants (50 corporate-owned casual restaurant
locations and one dual brand franchise location), as of Sept. 10,
2024, and (ii) BurgerFi, among the nation's fast-casual better
burger concepts with 93 BurgerFi restaurants (76 franchised and 17
corporate-owned) as of Sept. 10, 2024.

BurgerFi International, Inc., and 114 affiliated debtors filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code on Sept. 11, 2024 (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case
No. 24-12017).  The cases are pending before the Honorable Judge
Craig T. Goldblatt.

Raines Feldman Littrell LLP serves as the Debtors' counsel.  Force
Ten Partners' Jeremy Rosenthal serves as the Company's Chief
Restructuring Officer.  Sitrick And Company serves as strategic
communications advisor to the Company.  Stretto is the claims
agent.


CAI RENO: Credit Facility to Contribute to Plan Funding
-------------------------------------------------------
Cai Reno Hotel Partners LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Nevada a Disclosure Statement in connection
with Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization dated January 27, 2025.

The Debtor is a single purpose entity whose business purpose is to
hold land for investment.

The Debtor's ownership holdings consist of the following: (1)
approximately 1.364 acres of undeveloped land located at 0 Island
Avenue and 200, 219 and 223 Court Street, Reno, Nevada (APNs
011-112-03, 011-112-06, 011-112-07 & 011-112-12) (collectively, the
"Undeveloped Property"); and (2) a contiguous parcel of real
property that holds an existing structure located at 260 Island
Ave, Reno, Nevada (APN 011-112-02) (the "Developed Property",
collectively with the Undeveloped Property, the "Property").

The development of the Property and related investment is conducted
through a business enterprise managed by Mr. Christopher Beavor and
his management entity, Bristlecone (collectively, the
"Beavor/Bristlecone Enterprise"). At any given time, the
Beavor/Bristlecone Enterprise manages and facilitates numerous
projects in varying stages of development, including Debtor's
mixed-use hotel Project (the "Project").

The Debtor estimates the current value of the Property as
$19,590,000. This is a "going concern" valuation and based upon the
assumption that it will maintain all permits (including the
Permits) and entitlements necessary to develop the Project and that
the parcel consolidation occurs.

The Debtor has decided to reorganize through paying off its
Creditors in full over time while it seeks construction financing
and otherwise seeks to advance the Project to completion.

The Plan separates Claims against and Equity Interests in Debtor
into Classes according to their relative seniority and other
criteria, and provides for payment in full of all Claims over time
as described below, provided that no Affiliate Claims will receive
any distribution until all General Unsecured Claims have been
satisfied in full.

Class 5 consists of General Unsecured Claims. Each Holder of Class
5 Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall, in full satisfaction,
settlement, release and exchange for such Allowed Class 5 General
Unsecured Claim, be paid a Pro Rata share of quarterly installment
payments of $250,000, commencing 90 days after the Effective Date
until such time as each Holder of a Class 5 Allowed General
Unsecured Claim is paid the principal amount of its Allowed General
Unsecured Claim in full, without pre- or post- petition interest.
Class 5 is Impaired. The allowed unsecured claims total
$3,632,147.97.

Class 6 consists of Affiliate Claims. Each Holder of Class 6
Allowed Affiliate Claims shall, in full satisfaction, settlement,
release and exchange for such Allowed Class 6 Affiliate Claim, be
paid the principal amount of its Allowed Affiliate Claim in full,
without pre- or post- petition interest, with available Cash in the
ordinary course of business as funds become available from the
Project or related financing, with any such payments commencing
only after all Holders of Allowed Claims in Classes of a higher
priority are paid in full.

Each holder of a Class 7 Equity Interest shall retain their Equity
Interests under the Plan.  

Funding for all payments under the Plan shall be financed by Credit
Facility LLC on finance terms agreeable between Debtor and Credit
Facility LLC. Attached is a letter of intent from Credit Facility
LLC evidencing its commitment to finance all payments required
under the Plan (the "LOI").

In addition to its ability to draw upon such financing, Debtor
reserves the right to raise funds for payments required by the Plan
and for development of the Project via other means, including
third-party financing and equity investments. On the Effective
Date, Debtor shall make a draw on its financing from Credit
Facility LLC to provide all Confirmation Funds for Distribution
pursuant to the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated January 27, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=BfTNYA from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

General Reorganization Counsel for Debtor:

          Brian L. Davidoff, Esq.
          Keith Patrick Banner, Esq.
          GREENBERG GLUSKER FIELDS CLAMAN &
          MACHTINGER LLP
          2049 Century Park East, Suite 2600
          Los Angeles, CA 90067
          Tel: (310) 553-3610
          Email: bdavidoff@greenbergglusker.com
                 kbanner@greenbergglusker.com

Nevada Reorganization Counsel for Debtor:

     CARLYON CICA CHTD.
     Candace C. Carlyon, Esq.
     Dawn M. Cica, Esq.
     265 E. Warm Springs Road, Suite 107
     Las Vegas, NV 89119
     Phone: (702) 685-4444
     Email: ccarlyon@carlyoncica.com
            dcica@carlyoncica.com

       About Cai Reno Hotel Partners LLC

CAI Reno Hotel Partners LLC, in Las Vegas, NV, is a single purpose
entity whose business purpose is to hold land for investment.

The Debtor sought relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11 protection (Bankr. D.
Nev. Case No. 24-15652) on Oct. 29, 2024, listing as much as $10
million to $50 million in both assets and liabilities. Keighley
Mahoney-Keough as manager, signed the petition.

GREENBERG GLUSKER FIELDS CLAMAN & MACHTINGER LLP serve as the
Debtor's legal counsel. CARLYON CICA CHTD. as local counsel.


CDK GLOBAL II: Moody's Downgrades CFR & Senior Secured Notes to B3
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded the ratings of CDK Global II LLC (CDK),
including the corporate family rating to B3 from B2 and the
probability of default rating to B3-PD from B2-PD. Moody's have
also downgraded the ratings on the company's senior secured bank
credit facility and the senior secured notes rating to B3 from B2,
and the senior unsecured rating to Caa2 from Caa1. The outlook is
maintained at stable.

The downgrade of the rating reflects Moody's expectation for weak
key credit metrics, including debt-to-EBITDA, EBITA-to-interest and
retained cash flow to net debt. The downgrade also reflects Moody's
expectation of increased customer churn resulting in declining
EBITDA in 2025. While CDK remains a large player in the dealer
management system space, it faces pressure from existing and new
market entrants.

This rating action follows the company's announcement of a $630
million antitrust lawsuit settlement which is subject to court
approval. The initial payment, which is expected in February 2025,
will result in a significant use of cash that was raised in the
recent incremental term loan add-on. Other litigation, including an
antitrust lawsuit from a competitor and lawsuits related to the
June 2024 cybersecurity incident, also remains pending.

Governance was a key consideration for this rating action.
Governance factors including aggressive financial strategies and
risk management practices resulted in high financial leverage.
Further, the settlement of outstanding litigation will result in a
significant cash outlay and could negatively impact the company's
reputation and competitive position.

RATINGS RATIONALE

CDK's ratings reflect the company's very high leverage, weak credit
metrics and Moody's expectation of negative free cash flow in 2025.
Moody's expect 2025 revenue to modestly improve from 2024, which
was negatively impacted by the cyber incident in June 2024.
However, Moody's forecast revenue to be approximately 12% lower
than 2023.

Moody's forecast debt-to-EBITDA to increase to 9.7x at the end of
2025, up from 9.2x at the end of 2024. Moody's expect EBITDA margin
to fall to approximately 35% in 2025 as operating efficiencies wane
and the company increases its investment in research and
development. Prior to the cyber incident, CDK averaged EBITDA
margin around 45%.

Moody's expect negative free cash flow in 2025 due to the $450
initial settlement payment. CDK will make the payment in February
2025 which will be funded with cash and a draw on the revolver. The
remaining payments of the $630 million settlement amount will occur
on the first, second and third anniversary of the settlement in the
amount of $60 million per annum. Free cash flow is also constrained
by the high interest expense burden. In 2026, free cash flow is
forecast to be modestly positive and is dependent on the company's
ability to increase revenue and enhance EBITDA margin.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectations of modest revenue
growth and expanding EBITDA margin in 2026, which should drive an
improvement in leverage. It also reflects Moody's expectation of
adequate liquidity, which will benefit from positive free cash flow
in 2026.

Moody's expect CDK to have adequate liquidity. Inclusive of the
settlement payment in 2025, Moody's expect negative free cash flow
of nearly $400 million. However, the company will have access to a
$650 million revolving credit facility, which Moody's forecast to
be partially drawn for the February 2025 initial settlement
payment. CDK's revolver matures in 2027 and there are no other
significant debt maturities until 2029 when the senior secured
notes and the senior secured term loan mature.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

CDK's ratings could be upgraded if the company grows revenue,
maintains or improves market share, and reduces debt-to-EBITDA
below 7.0x while EBITDA-to-interest is above 2.0x.

The ratings could be downgraded if performance deteriorates further
as a result of increased customer churn or debt-to-EBITDA remains
over 8.5x. Further, weaker liquidity, including from free cash flow
that stays below breakeven or increased reliance on the revolver
could result in a rating downgrade.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.

CDK Global II LLC (CDK) headquartered in Austin, Texas, is a
leading provider of integrated data and technology solutions to the
automotive and heavy truck industries. The company provides
software solutions to original equipment manufacturers and nearly
15,000 dealer locations in North America. CDK's flagship dealer
management system (DMS) software solutions provides enterprise
resource planning tools that help facilitate the sale of new and
used vehicles, consumer financing, repair and maintenance services,
and vehicle and parts inventory management. CDK is owned and
controlled by private equity firm Brookfield Business Partners.
Revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2024 were $1.62
billion.


CENTRAL HOUSEWARES: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------
Central Housewares, Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Eastern District of Wisconsin for authority to use cash
collateral.

The company will use the funds to pay expenses related to
insurance, payroll, sales/real estate taxes, and post-petition
trade payables.

The U.S. Small Business Administration and Channel Partners
Capital, LLC assert an interest in the company's cash collateral.

Central Housewares was obligated to the SBA on a promissory note
dated June 13, 2020 in the amount of $150,000 as part of the
Economic Injury Disaster Loan program. The company executed and
delivered to the SBA a Security Agreement dated June 13, 2020
granting the SBA a security interest in substantially all assets of
the company.

The company's obligation to the SBA appears to be secured by a
properly perfected first-position security interest in
substantially all assets of the company through the filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement with the Department of Financial
Institutions on June 30, 2020.

The company is currently obligated to the SBA on a modified
promissory note dated December 2, 2021 in the original principal
amount of $500,000.

Based on its books and records, Central Housewares owes
approximately $77,036.23 to Channel Partners Capital, LLC. The
company is currently obligated to Channel on a Business Loan and
Security Agreement dated March 20, 2024 in the original principal
amount of $150,000. The agreement also granted Channel a security
interest in substantially all assets of the company, including its
accounts receivable and inventory.

The company's obligation to Channel appears to be secured by a
properly perfected second-position security interest in
substantially all assets of the company through the filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement with the Department of Financial
Institutions on March 21, 2024 numbered 20240321000048-4.

To adequately protect the SBA, Central Housewares proposed monthly
payments of the current contract amount on their obligations to the
SBA in the amount of $2,484 per month.

To adequately protect Channel, the company proposed monthly
interest only payments on the balance of the business loan at a
variable rate amortized over 7 years. The variable rate is subject
to change on the first day of each month based on changes in the
Wall Street Journal Prime Rate as published in the Money Rates
table in the Wall Street Journal from time to time, plus one
percent. The rate is currently 8.5% per annum. The monthly payments
are currently calculated for $1,219.98 per month.

In addition to the periodic cash payments set forth above, the
company will (a) keep in full force and effect all casualty
insurance and (b) provide reports of its receipts and distributions
consistent with the monthly reporting requirements for chapter 11
cases.

                   About Central Housewares Inc.

Central Housewares, Inc. is a retailer of pools, spas, outdoor
living equipment, as well as billiards and other table games.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Wisc. Case No. 25-20408-kmp) on
January 27, 2025. In the petition signed by Jeffrey Desing,
president, the Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in assets and up
to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Katherine M. Perhach oversees the case.

Paul G. Swanson, Esq., at Swanson Sweet, LLP, represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


CONTAINER STORE: U.S. Trustee Requests Bankruptcy Plan Appeal Stay
------------------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that the U.S. Trustee's Office has
urged a Texas bankruptcy judge to delay The Container Store's
Chapter 11 plan while it appeals his decision that a creditor's
failure to opt out of the plan's third-party releases signifies
consent.

            About Container Store Group Inc.

Container Store Group Inc. is a company renowned for for selling
closet organizers and storage solutions.

Container Store Group Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Tex.) on December 22, 2024. In
its petition, the Debtor reports assets and liabilities between
$100 million and $500 million.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Alfredo R. Perez handles the case.

Debtors' Legal Counsel is Timothy A. ("Tad") Davidson II, Esq.,
Ashley L. Harper, Esq., and Philip M. Guffy, Esq., at HUNTON
ANDREWS KURTH LLP, in Houston, Texas.

Debtors' Legal Counsel is George A. Davis, Esq., Hugh Murtagh,
Esq., Tianjiao (TJ) Li, Esq., and Jonathan J. Weichselbaum, Esq.,
at LATHAM & WATKINS LLP, in New York, and Ted A. Dillman, Esq., in
LATHAM & WATKINS LLP, in Los Angeles, California.

Debtors' Investment Banker is HOULIHAN LOKEY CAPITAL, INC.

Debtors' Claims, Noticing & Solicitation Agent is VERITA GLOBAL
(Previously KURTZMAN CARSON CONSULTANTS LLC).


COVIA HOLDINGS: Moody's Hikes CFR to 'B1', Outlook Stable
---------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings upgraded Covia Holdings LLC's (Covia) corporate
family rating to B1 from B2 and the probability of default rating
to B1-PD from B2-PD. Moody's also assigned a B1 rating to the
company's proposed senior secured bank credit facility, consisting
of a $150 million revolving credit facility due 2030 and a $850
million senior secured term maturing 2032. The outlook is
maintained at stable.

The upgrade of Covia's CFR reflects Moody's expectation that Covia
will perform well and maintain low leverage, with adjusted
debt-to-EBITDA of close to 3.5x by late 2026. Covia will use the
proceeds of the proposed term loan to pay off its existing term
loan maturing 2026, at which time the rating on the existing term
loan will be withdrawn.

"Debt leverage trending towards 3.5x combined with Covia's
commitment to conservative financial policies and leading market
position in a niche industry merits the rating upgrade," according
to Peter Doyle, a Moody's Ratings VP-Senior Analyst.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Covia's B1 CFR reflects the company's leading position in a niche
industry as an industrial minerals producer in North America with
meaningful scale of close to $1 billion annual revenue and strong
profit margins. The divestment of the company's energy business in
2024 has improved the company's business profile because it reduced
the company's exposure to the inherent cyclicality and capital
intensiveness of that segment.

Moody's expect continued healthy operating performance, with
adjusted EBITDA margin above 25% in the next two years. As a
leading industrial minerals producer in North America, Covia is
able to adjust production mix and origin-destination pairings to
better meet demand from industrial customers, which contribute to
its strong operating performance. Modest economic growth in the US
should benefit end markets served by Covia.

However, the rating is constrained by the inherent cyclicality of
demand which tends to be higher than for other traditional building
materials companies given the company's exposure to industrial end
markets, modest scale, and potential for large debt-financed
acquisitions or dividends to the company's private-equity owners.

Moody's project Covia will maintain good liquidity, generating
reasonable free cash flow in each of the next two years. Covia has
the capacity to generate free cash flow in each quarter. Cash on
hand totaled about $110 million on September 30, 2024, and is
another source of liquidity. Covia will have full access to a $150
million revolving credit facility due 2030 and no material
near-term debt maturities.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Covia will
continue to perform well, generating healthy margins that will
support a gradual deleveraging through 2026. Good liquidity, no
material near-term debt maturities and end market dynamics that
support modest long-term growth further support the stable
outlook.

The B1 rating on Covia's senior secured bank credit facility, the
same rating as the corporate family rating, results from its
position as the preponderance of debt in the company's capital
structure. The revolving credit facility and term loan are pari
passu to each other. Both have a first lien on all of the company's
domestic assets.

Marketing terms for the new credit facilities (final terms may
differ materially) include the following: incremental pari passu
debt capacity up to the greater of 100% of consolidated EBITDA and
an equivalent dollar amount, plus unlimited amounts subject to pro
forma first lien net leverage of 4.75x. There is an inside maturity
sublimit up to the greater of 50% of consolidated EBITDA and an
equivalent dollar amount. A "blocker" provision restricts (i) the
designation of a restricted subsidiary as an unrestricted
subsidiary if it owns material IP; or (ii) transfers of material IP
by loan parties to unrestricted subsidiaries. The credit agreement
is expected to provide some limitations on up-tiering transactions,
requiring affected lender consent for amendments that contractually
subordinate the debt or liens, unless such lenders can ratably
participate in such priming debt. Amounts up to 100% of unused
capacity under the builder basket and the general RP basket may be
reallocated to incur debt, which may be secured on a junior basis.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A ratings upgrade could occur if end markets remain supportive of
organic growth leading to a meaningful increase in scale, adjusted
debt-to-EBITDA sustained below 4x and robust positive free cash
flow generation. Preservation of good liquidity and predictable
financial policies regarding capital deployment would also support
upward ratings movement.

A ratings downgrade could occur if adjusted debt-to-EBITDA remains
above 5x or if operating performance erodes on a sustained basis.
Negative ratings pressure may also transpire if liquidity
deteriorates or the company pursues aggressive acquisitions or
shareholder return initiatives.

Covia Holdings LLC, headquartered in Independence, Ohio, is a
leading provider of specialty sands and minerals serving diverse
industrial end markets including sports and recreation, building
products and metals and foundry. Covia spun off its energy business
on July 1, 2024. Golden Gate Capital, and Anchorage Capital
Advisors, through their respective affiliates, together own around
85% of Covia.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Building
Materials published in September 2021.


CRUSADE BURGER: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to March 28
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, extended Crusade Burger Bar, LLC's authority to
use its secured creditor's cash collateral from Jan. 29 to March
28.

The interim order signed by Judge Jacqueline Cox authorized the
company to use the cash collateral of CFG Merchant Solutions, LLC
for operating expenses set forth in its budget.

CFG was granted replacement liens and security interests in certain
assets of the company to the same extent, validity and priority
held by the secured creditor prior to the petition date.

A status hearing is scheduled for March 25.

                       About Crusade Burger Bar

Crusade Burger Bar, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No.
24-10008) on July 10, 2024, listing $100,001 to $500,000 in assets
and $500,001 to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Jacqueline P Cox presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Konstantine T. Sparagis, Esq.
   Law Offices of Konstantine Sparagis, PC
   900 W. Jackson Blvd., Ste. 4E
   Chicago, IL 60607
   Tel: 312-753-6956
   Email: gsparagi@yahoo.com


DECORATIVE PLUMBING: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------
Decorative Plumbing Distributors, LLC received interim approval
from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of
California to use its secured creditors' cash collateral to pay
operating expenses.

The cash collateral consists of approximately $480,211 in the
company's deposit accounts and approximately $2,093,724 in
outstanding accounts receivable.

The secured creditors that assert interests in the cash collateral
are Bank of America, N.A., Samson MCA, LLC, Austin Business
Finance, LLC (Backd), Leaf Capital Funding, Drip Capital, Inc., the
U.S. Small Business Administration, and Web Bank also known as
Marlin Leasing Peac. These creditors, together, hold $7,386,255 in
claims against Decorative.

As protection, secured creditors will be granted replacement liens
on the cash collateral in the same amount, validity and priority
existing as of the petition date.

As additional protection, Bank of America and the SBA will receive
monthly payments of $23,000 and $2,527, respectively.

The final hearing is scheduled for Feb. 14.

Bank of America can be reached through its counsel:

     Jennifer Witherell Crastz, Esq.
     Hemar, Rousso & Heald, LLP
     15910 Ventura Boulevard, 12th Floor
     Encino, CA 91436-2829
     Tel: (818) 501-3800
     Fax: (818) 501-2985
     Email: jcrastz@hrhlaw.co

               About Decorative Plumbing Distributors

Decorative Plumbing Distributors, LLC sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No.
25-40140) on January 28, 2025, listing up to $10 million in assets
and up to $50 million in liabilities. Anne Butler, chief executive
officer of Decorative Plumbing Distributors, signed the petition.

Judge Charles Novack oversees the case.

Chris Kuhner, Esq., at Kornfield, Nyberg, Bendes, Kuhner & Little
P.C., represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


DENT TECH: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 79.70% of Claims in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Dent Tech Laboratory, Inc., submitted a Fourth Amended Disclosure
Statement describing Fourth Amended Plan of Reorganization dated
January 27, 2025.

The Plan will be financed from continuing operating income,
reorganized business operations of the Debtor, from the timely
collections of outstanding receivables, as well as from funds
accumulated in the Debtor's in Possession accounts.

Class I consists of the claims of general unsecured creditors of
the Debtor, totaling $117,093.19:

     * The claim of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in the amount of
$4,047.80 to be paid 79.70% ($3,225.45) on the effective date.

     * The claim of JPMorgan Chase Bank USA, N.A. in the amount of
$13,635.56 to be paid 79.70% ($10,867.54) on the effective date.

     * The claim of JPMorgan Chase Bank USA, N.A. in the amount of
$99,120.45 was settled pursuant to the terms of the settlement
agreement reached between the Debtor and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.
(the "Lender"). In accordance with said terms, the plan offers the
creditor JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. as follows: in full and final
satisfaction of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A.'s claim against the
Debtor, and in full and final satisfaction of the Guarantor's
judgment, the Debtor shall pay to JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. the
amount of $79,000.00 (the "settlement amount"). The Settlement
Agreement was approved by the Bankruptcy Court order entered on
January 12, 2025. The payment under the Settlement Agreement was
made in full by wire transfer on January 21, 2025. The Settlement
payment of $79,000.00 constitutes 79.70% of the claim of JPMorgan
Chase Bank N.A.

     * The claim of American Express in the amount of $289.38 shall
be paid 79.70% ($230.63) on the effective date.

The Plan will be financed from continuing operating income,
reorganized business operations of the Debtor, from the timely
collections of outstanding receivables, as well as from funds
accumulated in the Debtor in Possession accounts.

A full-text copy of the Fourth Amended Disclosure Statement dated
January 27, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=G6G2oC
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Attorney for the Debtor:

     Alla Kachan, Esq.
     2799 Coney Island Ave., Ste. 202
     Brooklyn, NY 11235
     Tel: (718) 513-3145
     Fax: (347) 342-315
     E-mail: alla@kachanlaw.com

                 About Dent Tech Laboratory

Dent Tech Laboratory, Inc., operates a dental laboratories
business.

Dent Tech Laboratory sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 22-41469) on June 23,
2022, listing up to $50,000 in assets and up to $500,000 in
liabilities. Gregory B. Mashevich, president, signed the petition.

Judge Elizabeth S. Stong oversees the case.

Alla Kachan, Esq., at the Law Offices of Alla Kachan P.C. and
Wisdom Professional Services, Inc. serve as the Debtor's legal
counsel and accountant, respectively.


DIOCESE OF BURLINGTON: Plan Exclusivity Period Extended to July 28
------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Heather Z. Cooper of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Vermont extended the Roman Catholic Diocese of
Burlington Vermont's exclusive periods to file a plan of
reorganization and obtain acceptance thereof to July 28 and
September 29, 2025, respectively.

As shared by Troubled Company Reporter, the Diocese believes that
the limited proposed extension to formulate and file a plan sought
in the Motion will be beneficial to the estate, will allow the plan
to be based on more accurate information, and will result in a more
efficient use of the estate's assets for the benefit of all
creditors. The status of the case and the application of the
factors support the conclusion that an extension of the exclusivity
period and solicitation period is warranted in the Diocese's case.

The Diocese claims that the extensions sought will be beneficial to
the Diocese as well as creditors and other parties in interest;
will provide time to attempt to reach a consensus regarding plan
terms; will allow the plan to be based on more accurate
information; and will result in a more efficient use of estate
assets for the benefit of all creditors.

The Diocese believes that an acceptable plan can be developed
within the requested extensions of the exclusivity period and
solicitation period but reserves the right to request additional
extensions. The Diocese's request for an extension is modest and
does not impermissibly extend the dates for filing and solicitation
past the time periods provided for in Sections 1121(d)(2)(A) and
(B) of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the exclusivity period and
solicitation period should be extended to afford the Diocese a full
and fair opportunity to negotiate, propose, and seek acceptance of
a plan.

The Roman Catholic Diocese Of Burlington is represented by:

     Raymond J. Obuchowski, Esq.
     OBUCHOWSKI LAW OFFICE
     1542 Route 107, PO Box 60
     Bethel, VT 05032
     Phone: (802) 234-6244
     Email: ray@oeblaw.com

     James L. Baillie, Esq.
     Steven R. Kinsella, Esq.
     Samuel M. Andre, Esq.
     Katherine A. Nixon, Esq.
     FREDRIKSON & BYRON, P.A.
     60 South Sixth Street, Suite 1500
     Minneapolis, MN 55402-4400
     (612) 492-7000
     Email: jbaillie@fredlaw.com
           skinsella@fredlaw.com
           sandre@fredlaw.com
           knixon@fredlaw.com

       About Roman Catholic Diocese Of Burlington Vermont

Roman Catholic Diocese of Burlington sought relief under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Vt. Case No. 24-10205) on
Sept. 30, 2024. In the petition signed by Reverend John Joseph
McDermott, bishop, the Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in assets
and up to $10 million in liabilities.

Judge Heather Z. Cooper oversees the case.

The Debtor tapped James Baillie, Esq., at Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
as bankruptcy counsel and Obuchowski Law Office as local counsel.


DISTRICT 5 BOUTIQUE: Gets Final OK to Use $286K in Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------------
District 5 Boutique, LLC received final approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey to use cash
collateral.

The final order signed by Judge Vincent Papalia authorized the
company to use up to $286,795 in cash collateral to pay the
expenses set forth in its budget, which shows projected operating
expenses of $102,316 per month.

As protection for the use of its cash collateral, Newtek Small
Business Finance, LLC, a secured creditor, was granted a
replacement lien on the company's post-petition collateral and
proceeds, with the same priority as its pre-bankruptcy lien. The
secured creditor will also receive a monthly payment of $6,645 as
additional protection.

Newtek asserts a secured claim against the company in the
approximate principal amount of $300,000.

Meanwhile, the court approved the monthly payment of $2,321 to
another creditor, Fox Capital Group, Inc.

Fox Capital Group previously objected to the company's application
to use cash collateral. On Jan. 29, the court issued a consent
order resolving the objection.

Newtek can be reached through its counsel:

     Tara J. Schellhorn, Esq.
     Tod S. Chasin, Esq.
     Riker Danzig, LLP
     Headquarters Plaza, One Speedwell Avenue
     Morristown, NJ 07962-1981
     Telephone: (973) 538-0800
     Facsimile: (973) 538-1984
     tschellhorn@riker.com
     tchasin@riker.com

                         About District 5 Boutique

District 5 Boutique, LLC, is a family-owned retailer of clothing
and clothing accessories in Kenilworth, N.J.

District 5 Boutique filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. D.N.J. Case
No. 24-15612) on June 3, 2024, with $100,000 to $500,000 in assets
and $1 million to $10 million in liabilities. Theresa DeMarco, sole
member, signed the petition.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Donald F. Campbell, Jr., Esq.
   Giordano Halleran & Ciesla, P.C.
   Tel: 732-741-3900
   Email: dcampbell@ghclaw.com


DP AUTO SALES: Unsecureds Will Get 13.1% Dividend over 5 Years
--------------------------------------------------------------
DP Auto Sales, Ltd., d/b/a Byrider, filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Texas a First Amended Plan of
Reorganization dated January 24, 2025.

The Debtor's business operation consisted of purchasing used cars
from wholesalers or at auctions, reconditioning the vehicles, and
reselling them to the public. Byrider franchises operate under the
"Buy Here Pay Here" business model ("BHPH"), where customers can
"Buy, Finance and Drive On" through inhouse financing offered by in
Debtor's case its affiliated non debtor company DPAC Acceptance,
Ltd. ("DPAC Acceptance").

The Debtor was formed in 2002 by James W. Day, Jr. The membership
structure of the Debtor consists of its General Partner D.P. Auto,
LLC, its limited partner Day and Day's spouse Jennifer Day which
hold 1%, 51%, and 48% interest respectively. When the bankruptcy
case was filed, the Debtor owns and operates three used car sales
dealerships under the Byrider franchise and had approximately 100
full and part time employees.

The purpose of the Plan is to reorganize the Debtor by materially
reducing its overhead and condensing operations down to one sales
location, which will allow it to focus on rehabilitating and
reselling repossessed vehicles received from its financing
affiliate, DPAC Acceptance, Ltd. Debtor was forced to change its
model substantially because DPAC was cut off from the credit needed
to fund new sales contracts, which ultimately funded Debtor's
ability to obtain new inventory.

DPAC's and Debtor's assets are fully secured through Plains Capital
Bank's funding of the sales contracts. Debtor's Plan allows for a
13.1% dividend to the general unsecured creditors over a 5-year
period. The plan is amended to correct several procedural concerns
raised by the United States Trustee, to advise creditors about
pending litigation, and to modify the NextGear plan treatment.

The final Plan Payment is expected to be paid on or before the
fifth anniversary following the date that the first payment is due
under the Plan.

This Plan of Reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code
proposes to pay the Allowed Claims of the Debtor out of cash flow
from operations.

The Class 3 Claims consist of the Holders of General Unsecured
Claims. Debtor shall pay the allowed Class 3 Claims their pro rata
share of 20 quarterly payments ("Quarterly Payments") of Debtor's
disposable income. The first payment shall be made on April 1,
2025, and each subsequent payment shall be made on the first day of
the month of the following quarter until 20 payments have been
made. The Class 3 Claims are deemed to be impaired.

On the Effective Date, all shares in the Reorganized Debtor shall
revest with the holders of membership interests in the same number
as they existed at the time of the Petition Date.

The Plan will be funded through Debtor's continued operations and
through the use of cash collateral. Debtor's continued operations
should be sufficient to enable the Reorganized Debtor to operate as
shown on Debtor's five-year projection.

A full-text copy of the First Amended Plan dated January 24, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=6s2Wab from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Ronald J. Smeberg, Esq.
     The Smeberg Law Firm, PLLC
     4 Imperial Oaks
     San Antonio, TX 78248
     Tel: (210) 695-6684
     Fax: (210) 598-7357
     Email: ron@smeberg.com

                       About DP Auto Sales

DP Auto Sales, Ltd, doing business as Byrider, is an automobile
dealer in San Antonio, Texas.  

DP Auto Sales filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of
the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Texas Case No. 24-51135) on June
20, 2024, listing as much as $1 million to $10 million in both
assets and liabilities. Jody Anderson, president, signed the
petition.

Judge Craig A. Gargotta oversees the case.

The Smeberg Law Firm serves as the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel.


DRIP MORE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Use to Feb. 19
-------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California
issued an interim order granting Drip More, LLC's second motion for
authority to use cash collateral.

The court extended the use of cash collateral through Febr. 19.

The next hearing is scheduled for Feb. 19.

                       About Drip More

Drip More, LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No. 24-11703) on July 5,
2024, listing up to $500,000 in assets and up to $10 million in
liabilities. Brian Bereber, managing member of Drip More, signed
the petition.

Judge Scott C. Clarkson oversees the case.

The Debtor represented by:

   Roksana D. Moradi-Brovia, Esq.
   Rhm Law, LLP
   Tel: 818-933-2843
   Email: roksana@rhmfirm.com


EASTERN MAINE HEALTHCARE: S&P Lowers Taxable Bonds Rating to 'BB-'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its rating three notches to 'BB-' from
'BBB-' on Maine Health & Higher Educational Facilities Authority's
bonds, issued for Eastern Maine Healthcare Systems (doing business
as Northern Light Health [NLH]) and on NLH's taxable bonds and
removed the rating from CreditWatch, where it was placed with
negative implications on Oct. 22, 2024. The outlook is negative.

"The downgrade reflects persistent operating losses that resulted
in debt service coverage (DSC) covenant violations in 2024 and 2022
and that have led to an increasingly weak balance sheet with light
unrestricted reserves and reliance on third-party advances and
lines of credit for operating liquidity," said S&P Global Ratings
credit analyst Cynthia Keller.

Securing the bonds is a mortgage on certain properties and a
revenue pledge from the obligated group, which includes the parent,
flagship Northern Light Eastern Maine Medical Center (EMMC), and
all remaining hospitals in the system except Northern Light Mayo
Hospital.

NLH is a key provider of rural health care in northern Maine with a
solid business position anchored by its tertiary flagship EMMC in
Bangor. Demand trends have been favorable, but the system's
struggles around clinical and physician staffing, length of stay,
and heightened losses at certain hospitals, including EMMC, have
constrained earnings.

NLH met its DSC covenant in 2023 by prefunding six months of debt
service using proceeds from LOCs deposited as a lump sum in an
irrevocable escrow and then, in place of the typical monthly debt
service payments, NLH instead repaid the line of credit draws.
Although NLH employed this strategy in 2024 by depositing $31
million into escrow, due to its high losses, it was unable to meet
its coverage requirements, which triggered a debt service covenant
violation under its LOC and a consultant call in requirement (the
process is underway, but firm has not yet been selected) under its
master trust indenture (MTI) as coverage was less than 1.2x. In
2025 NLH is prefunding debt service and has deposited almost $11
million into an escrow in January with a similar amount expected to
be paid in April. In S&P's view, these deposits lower the
likelihood of a DSC covenant violation under the MTI in 2025,
presuming losses are modest. Inability to meet the coverage
requirement for two consecutive years would result in an event of
default on the rated bonds.

"The negative outlook incorporates persistent operating losses that
weakened balance-sheet metrics providing limited flexibility during
this period of earnings and cash flow stress," added Ms. Keller.
Without NLH demonstrating a trend of underlying financial
improvement, absent one-time benefits, a further downgrade is
possible.



EDGEWATER GENERATION: Moody's Affirms B3 Rating on Sec. Bank Loans
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has affirmed the Ba3 rating on Edgewater
Generation, L.L.C.'s (Edgewater) senior secured bank credit
facilities. The rating outlook is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The rating action at Edgewater reflects Moody's view that the
proposed amendment upsizing, removal of the target debt balance and
loosening of the excess cash flow sweep to a flat 50% throughout
the debt term, while credit negative, are balanced by strong market
fundamentals for generating assets, particularly those operating in
PJM Interconnection, L.L.C. (PJM Aa2 stable). Recent strong
capacity auction prices in PJM, increasing demand for power
generation resources, and, to a somewhat lesser extent,
improvements in energy margins are expected to offset the impact of
the weakened debt terms on credit metrics following the upsizing.

The rating considers the benefits of a four asset portfolio with
operations in both PJM and ISO-New England. Two assets, Fairless
and Garrison, are located in EMAAC, a premium capacity pricing
region in PJM and one asset, Manchester, is located in SENE, a
premium pricing region in ISO-New England. Fairless, at 1.3 GW is
the largest natural gas powered generator in its area and the
portfolio's anchor asset is the largest energy margin contributor
in the portfolio. Fairless benefits from a dispatch advantage
because of its location on the Pennsylvania side of the PA/NJ
border where it is not subject to emissions expenses related to the
Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative (RGGI) that plants in NJ are
required to pay. Additionally, Garrison, West Lorain, and
Manchester all have dual fuel capability that provides the
flexibility to switch to fuel oil from natural gas feedstock in
periods of high gas demand, thereby reducing the risk of
nonperformance in high stress periods.

Edgewater should be able to produce strong cash flows throughout
the next couple years. Proforma for the upsize, Moody's project
that Edgewater Generation can produce a debt service coverage ratio
above 2x, project cash flow to debt of 13-15% and debt/EBITDA
around 4x in 2025.  Notwithstanding this anticipated performance in
2025 and beyond, Edgewater's most recent credit metrics were weak
for the Ba-rating category with the twelve month period ended
September 30, 2024, producing a 1.8 DSCR with 6% project cash flow
to debt and 6.2x debt to EBITDA. Because of the improved financial
prospects, Moody's project Edgewater can produce average credit
metrics for the Ba rating category over the next couple years and
that about 50% debt will be outstanding at maturity.

RATING OUTLOOK

The stable outlook is based on Moody's expectation for consistent
operating performance and credit metrics appropriate for the Ba
rating category, including CFO/Debt above 10%, DSCRs above 2x and
debt-to-EBITDA below 4.5x.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

A ratings upgrade could occur if capacity auction results return to
zonal premiums or if strong energy margins drive sustainable growth
in cash flows and deleveraging, such that Edgewater produced a
historical track record of strong metrics, including CFO/Debt
sustained comfortably above 15%, leverage below 4x and DSCRs above
2.5x on an ongoing basis.

A ratings downgrade could occur if energy margin compression or
weaker than expected operating performance leads to a deterioration
in credit metrics including leverage above 6x, single-digit project
CFO/Debt or DSCRs below 1.4x for a sustained period.

PROFILE

Edgewater Generation, L.L.C. (Edgewater or project) is a bankruptcy
remote entity owned by affiliates of Lotus Infrastructure Partners
(Lotus or the project sponsor) that owns a 2,684 MW portfolio of
four operational power plants. All assets are wholly owned by Lotus
and are unlevered. The plants include Fairless Energy Center (1,320
MW CCGT) located in Pennsylvania, Garrison Energy Center (309 MW
dual fuel CCGT) located in Delaware, West Lorain Power (545 MW CT)
located in Ohio, and Manchester Street Station (510 MW dual fuel
CCGT) located in Rhode Island

LIST OF AFFECTED RATINGS

Issuer: Edgewater Generation, L.L.C.

Assignments:

Senior Secured Term Loan B, Assigned Ba3

Affirmations:

Senior Secured Bank Credit Facility, Affirmed Ba3

Outlook Actions:

Outlook, Remains Stable

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Power
Generation Projects published in June 2023.


ERC MANUFACTURING: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
----------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: ERC Manufacturing, Inc.
        Carr 814 KM 0.8
        Cedro Abajo
        Naranjito, PR 00719

Business Description: The Debtor owns the property located at Carr
                      814 Km 0.8 Cedro Abajo, Naranjito, Puerto
                      Rico, spanning 6,977.84 square meters.  It
                      includes a two-story commercial office
                      building, two metal concrete industrial
                      buildings, 28 parking spaces, two offices,
                      two terraces, two workshops, two mezzanines,
                      and two bathrooms.  The appraised value is
                      $213,000, as of July 27, 2016.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Puerto Rico

Case No.: 25-00475

Debtor's Counsel: Juan C. Bigas, Esq.
                  JUAN C. BIGAS LAW
                  PO Box 7011
                  Ponce, PR 00732-7011
                  Tel: (787) 259-1000
                  Fax: (787) 842-4090
                  E-mail: cortequiebra@yahoo.com

Total Assets: $785,322

Total Liabilities: $1,599,734

The petition was signed by Axel Hiram Elias Cintron as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 20 largest unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/J5VI4PY/ERC_MANUFACTURING_INC__prbke-25-00475__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


EXPRESS MOBILE: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Pennsylvania
-------------------------------------------------------------
On January 31, 2025, Express Mobile Diagnostic Services LLC filed
Chapter 11 protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Pennsylvania.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million
and $10 million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

           About Express Mobile Diagnostic Services LLC

Express Mobile Diagnostic Services LLC is a medical and diagnostic
laboratory that offers x-ray scanning services for all major areas
of the body.

 Express Mobile Diagnostic Services LLC sought relief under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Pa. Case No.
25-20255) on January 31, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports
estimated assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10 million
each.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Brian C. Thompson, Esq.
     THOMSON LAW GROUP, P.C.
     301 Smith Drive, Suite 6
     Cranberry Township, PA 16066
     Tel: (724) 799-8404
     Fax: (724) 799-8409
     Email: bthompson@thompsonattorney.com


EYM PIZZA: Sells 77 Pizza Hut Locations
---------------------------------------
Kirk O'Neil of The Street reports that bankrupt Pizza Hut
franchisee EYM Pizza L.P., which once owned 142 of the chain's
franchise locations, sold 77 of its restaurants in Georgia,
Illinois, South Carolina, and Wisconsin to six separate bidders,
including Yum Brands  (YUM)  franchisor Pizza Hut LLC, at a
bankruptcy auction for about $11.78 million.

Pizza Hut LLC, which was the stalking horse bidder for 39 of the
locations, won an auction for 18 locations, according to bankruptcy
court filings, Restaurant Business reported on January 30, 2025.
The giant pizza chain could operate the locations itself or sell
them to franchisees, the report states.

                      About EYM Pizza LP

EYM Pizza LP is a Pizza Hut franchisee.

EYM Pizza LP and its affiliates sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 24-41669) on
president of EYM Group Inc., the Debtor reports estimated assets
under $2.25 million and estimated liabilities more than $21
million.

Howard Marc Spector, Esq. at Spector & Cox, PLLC, is the Debtors'
counsel. National Franchise Sales is the Debtors' financial advisor
for the sale of the assets or businesses of the Debtors.


FIRST COAST: Unsecureds Will Get 10% of Claims over 60 Months
-------------------------------------------------------------
First Coast Roll Offs, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Middle District of Florida an Amended Subchapter V Plan of
Reorganization dated January 24, 2025.

The Debtor is the operator of a land clearing and real estate
dumpster/roll off bin business which operates in Jacksonville,
Florida and surrounding Counties. The business was started in June
of 2015 by John H. Adams, Jr. and has continuously operated since
that time.

This Chapter 11 followed in order to restructure the existing
secured and unsecured debt. The Debtor has restructured its
business model after the filing of Chapter 11 in order to focus on
a smaller payroll and on storage for land clearing which will allow
the debtor to cash flow more regularly.

The Debtor has approached several third parties to purchase the
current equipment and inventory as listed for sale for
approximately $2,000,000.00 in order to pay off the USA/SBA, IRS
and administrative priority wage debts in this case in full.

The Debtor will also allow a portion of the business assets to be
used during the plan term by First Coast Wood Recycling. That
company is owned by John Adams who is the owner of the Debtor.
First Coast Wood Recycling will pay for the land and equipment used
to run the land clearing storage business. Those changes, along
with the reduction in payroll expenses should allow the debtor to
successfully reorganize.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay unsecured creditors of
the Debtor all disposable income during months 1-60 from future
income of the Debtor derived from income generated from the
business that the Debtor owns in order to obtain a discharge.

This Plan provides for 10 class(es) of secured claims, 1 Classes of
Priority Claims and 1 class of unsecured claims. Unsecured
creditors holding allowed claims will receive distributions which
the proponent of this Plan has valued at approximately 10 cents on
the dollar based upon current projections of disposable income.
This Plan also provides for the payment of administrative and
priority claims either upon the effective date of the Plan or as
allowed under the Bankruptcy Code.

Class 12 consists of All General Unsecured Claims. To the extent
that unsecured claims are filed and allowed, the Debtor shall pay
the total amount of unsecured claims any remaining proceeds from
the sale of the business assets to a third party after repayment of
the USA/SBA, IRS and all wage claims. The Debtor estimates a 10%
repayment of all unsecured claims.

A full-text copy of the Amended Subchapter V Plan dated January 24,
2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=Waatqo from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

      Bryan K. Mickler
      Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler, LLP
      5452 Arlington Expressway
      Jacksonville, FL 322211
      Tel: (904) 725-0822
      Fax: (904) 725-0855

                  About First Coast Roll Offs

First Coast Roll Offs, LLC is a waste management company based in
St. Augustine, Fla., specializing in providing roll-off dumpster
rental services.

First Coast Roll Offs filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter
V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 24-02476) on
August 19, 2024, with total assets of $1,717,750 and total
liabilities of $2,613,527. L. Todd Budgen, Esq., a practicing
attorney in Longwood, Fla., serves as Subchapter V trustee.

Judge Jacob A. Brown oversees the case.

Bryan K. Mickler, Esq., at the Law Offices of Mickler & Mickler,
LLP is the Debtor's bankruptcy counsel.


FOUR SEAS: Gets Final OK to Access Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------
Four Seas Mobile Catering, LLC received final approval from the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of North Carolina,
Charlotte Division, to use cash collateral.

The final order authorized the company to use cash collateral for
operating expenses consistent with its budget.

The company's expenses must not exceed the budget by more than 10%
variance per line item over a four-week rolling period.

The budget shows weekly expenses of $56,410.00 for the period from
Jan. 20 to Feb. 10.

Creditors were granted a replacement lien on the company's property
with the same priority as their pre-bankruptcy lien.

                  About Four Seas Mobile Catering

Four Seas Mobile Catering, LLC filed a petition under Chapter 11,
Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No.
24-30880) on October 8, 2024, listing up to $50,000 in assets and
up to $1 million in liabilities.

Judge Ashley Austin Edwards oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   John C. Woodman
   Essex Richards
   Tel: 704-377-4300
   Email: jwoodman@essexrichards.com


FREEDOM MORTGAGE: S&P Rates $500MM Senior Unsecured Notes 'B'
-------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue rating and a '4' recovery
rating to Freedom Mortgage Holdings LLC's $500 million senior
unsecured notes due 2032. The '4' recovery rating indicates our
expectation of average (30%-50%; rounded estimate: 40%) recovery in
a simulated default scenario.

S&P said, "We expect the transaction to be leverage neutral. The
company plans to use the net proceeds to partially repay
outstanding borrowings under the MSR portion of its KeyBank credit
facility, which had an outstanding balance of about $633 million as
of Sept. 30, 2024.

"We also expect Freedom's debt to tangible equity to be about 2.1x
pro forma for this transaction (doesn't include the fourth quarter
2024 expected earnings). Although this is above our base-case
expectation, we think Freedom will reduce leverage back below 1.5x
over the next 12-24 months by organically growing equity. In our
view, the transaction doesn't affect the company's credit quality
so our issuer credit rating on Freedom (B/Stable/--) is unchanged.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that in the next 12
months, Freedom will continue to have low mortgage originations
while maintaining debt to EBITDA around 5x, debt to tangible equity
around 1.5x, and EBITDA interest coverage above 2x. We also expect
Freedom will continue to build its servicing book organically and
through purchases while maintaining sufficient liquidity.

"We could lower the ratings in the next 12 months if we expect the
company to sustain debt to tangible equity over 1.5x, EBITDA
interest coverage below 2x, or debt to EBITDA significantly above
5x. We could also lower the ratings if Freedom encounters
additional regulatory actions or scrutiny, or if the company buys
back debt at distressed levels--which we could view as a de facto
restructuring tantamount to default."

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P's simulated default scenario contemplates a default in
2028, due to a rapid decline in (mortgage servicing rights) MSR
valuations. There could also be financial strain from regulatory
changes or operational issues.

-- As the company approaches default, S&P assumes its assets will
shrink as it sells MSRs for additional liquidity to fund
operations.

-- Ultimately, S&P assumes the company will breach the advance
rates on its secured funding facilities, leading to covenant
violations. This would activate cross-acceleration provisions,
allowing unsecured creditors to submit a claim for excess
collateral after selling MSR assets pledged as collateral for
priority claims.

-- In a default scenario S&P thinks creditors would liquidate the
company's assets. The challenge of selling assets when the company
is distressed incurs an additional realization factor, or
discount.

Simulated default assumptions

-- High delinquency rates leading to depressed MSR valuations.

-- A sustained period of rapid amortization of MSRs with limited
ability to refinance the repayments.

-- Limited new originations, an increase in borrower
delinquencies, and increase in the discount rate to value MSRs.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $6.88
billion

-- Collateral value available to secured debt: $6.86 billion.

-- Total first-lien debt at default: $4.67 billion

-- Collateral value available to senior unsecured note claims:
$2.19 billion

-- Total unsecured debt at default: $4.92 billion

-- Recovery expectations: 40% ('4')

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



FREEPORT LNG: Moody's Affirms 'B3' CFR & Alters Outlook to Positive
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed ratings of Freeport LNG Investments, LLLP
(FLNGI), including its B3 Corporate family rating, B3-PD
probability of default rating and B3 backed senior secured rating
assigned to its term loan B. The outlook on all ratings is changed
to positive from stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The change of the outlook to positive reflects Moody's expectation
that the company will maintain steady operations and cash flow
generation and will continue to improve its leverage profile and
interest coverage, while also taking proactive steps to address its
refinancing requirements.

The B3 CFR reflects the on-going improvement in the financial
position of the company. Distributions from the operating
subsidiaries to FLNGI resumed in April 2024 and by October 2024
distributions were more than sufficient to fully cover debt service
marking the end of the extended cash flow interruption caused by
the industrial accident in June 2022. During the interruption
FLNGI's financial profile was supported by the majority
shareholder, including prompt cash contributions, in the form of
subordinated shareholder loans, that enabled covenant compliance
and debt service by FLNGI.

FLNGI's cash flows and debt capacity are supported by the
predictable and recurring nature of the long-dated, contractually
derived cash flow generated by its operating companies and
distributed to FLNGI through intermediate holding companies. FLNGI
and its principal owner maintain effective controlling rights over
the group's distributions, entire operations and strategic
development.

FLNGI's ratings are constrained by the high absolute level of
indebtedness maintained by the group. The stability and magnitude
of FLNGI's cash flow stream is also tempered by the high extent to
which FLNGI's debt is structurally subordinated to substantial debt
raised at intermediate holding company FLEX-IH and project debt
that the group's LNG operating companies raised earlier to finance
construction of the three principal operating assets.

While FLNGI retains strong governance control, Moody's note risks
associated with concentrated ownership, as well as financial risks
associated with more complex capital structures and the presence of
significant minority shareholders in operating companies. Finally,
Moody's note FLNGI's high degree of tolerance for debt and
leverage.

FLNGI liquidity is adequate. Moody's expect that distributions from
the operating subsidiaries will be sufficient to cover debt service
payments and maintain compliance with the DSCR coverage
requirements through mid-2026. FLNGI's term loan A (unrated)
matures in December 2026. Some of the shareholder loans mature in
2025, which Moody's expect the company to repay or refinance with
its principal shareholder as determined by available cash flow.  

FLNGI's senior secured term loan B is rated B3, at the same level
as the B3 Corporate Family Rating (CFR), given the senior secured
term loans predominant position in FLNGI's capital structure. The
term loan B ranks pari passu with the term loan A, with both
benefitting from the security package that includes the first-lien
pledge of the ownership interests in Freeport LNG Development, L.P.
("FLNG"). The company also have shareholder loans that are
subordinated to the senior secured term loans.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings may be upgraded if FLNGI's stand-alone liquidity
position improves, including proactive management of maturities,
and leverage metrics continue to improve, including that
stand-alone EBITDA/interest is maintained above 2x. A weakening of
liquidity or another prolonged disruption of operations could lead
to the downgrade of the ratings.

Freeport LNG Investments, LLLP (FLNGI) is a limited liability
limited partnership that holds 55.35% interest in Freeport LNG
Development, L.P. Additionally, FLNGI Option Holdco, LLC (FLNGI
Option) owns an additional 8.11% interest in FLNG. FLNGI and FLNGI
Option are ultimately owned by Mr. Michael Smith, the founder and
the beneficial controlling shareholder of the group. FLNG holds
through its 100% subsidiary FLEX Intermediate Holdco, LLC (FLEX IH)
interests in the three operating LNG facilities, including 50%
interest in FLNG Liquefaction 1, LLC (FLIQ1), 42% interest in FLNG
Liquefaction 2, LLC (FLIQ2) and 100% interest in FLNG Liquefaction
3, LLC (FLIQ3). All three trains operate under long term use-or-pay
tolling contracts and have capacity of over 5 MTPA per train.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Midstream
Energy published in February 2022.


G FAB: Gets Final OK to Use $1.28-Mil. in Cash Collateral
---------------------------------------------------------
G Fab, Inc. received final approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the District of Oregon to use cash collateral.

The final order authorized the company to use up to $1,280,151.50
in cash collateral for the period from Jan. 16 to July 31 to pay
the expenses set forth in its budget, with a 10% variance.

Secured creditors JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Kapitas, LLC were
granted a replacement lien on all property acquired by G Fab as
protection for the use of their cash collateral.

As additional protection, Kapitus will receive a monthly payment of
$2,500.

                         About G Fab Inc.

G Fab Inc. is a specialty contractor that serves the White City,
Oregon area and specializes in structural steel.

G Fab sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code
(Bankr. D. Or. Case No. 24-62739) on December 12, 2024, with $1
million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities. Tracey
Glenn, resident of G Fab, signed the petition.

Judge Thomas M. Renn handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Keith Y Boyd, Esq.
     Keith Y Boyd, PC
     724 S Central Ave 106
     Medford, OR 97501
     Tel: (541) 973-2422
     Email: keith@boydlegal.net


GIRARDI & KEESE: Trustee Sues DiNardo, Law Firm for Fee Fraud
-------------------------------------------------------------
Randi Love of Bloomberg Law reports that the bankruptcy trustee for
Girardi & Keese has filed a lawsuit against Joseph DiNardo and his
law firm, seeking to prevent the discharge of a $7.5 million
fraud-related claim.

According to the report, the lawsuit was filed in DiNardo's own
bankruptcy case, initiated in 2023 after two litigation lenders
reportedly linked to him avoided a lawsuit accusing them of
assisting convicted ex-lawyer Thomas Girardi in fraudulent
activities. In a complaint filed in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Western District of New York, the trustee argued that the
fraud-aiding claim against DiNardo and his firm cannot be
discharged through bankruptcy.

Chapter 7 trustee Elissa D. Miller, responsible for winding down
Girardi Keese's estate, filed the suit as part of her broader
effort to resolve ongoing litigation and recover funds tied to
Girardi's misappropriation of client money. She opposed DiNardo's
attempt to discharge her claim, which includes $6.35 million in
co-counsel fees his firm allegedly received from a personal injury
settlement without the family's knowledge.

According to the complaint, DiNardo and his firm "aided and abetted
Girardi's criminal enterprise." The lawsuit details how they
allegedly received half of the fees Girardi Keese obtained for
representing the Ruigomez family in a lawsuit over a 2010 gas
explosion, despite not billing any hours on the case.

The complaint further alleges that DiNardo's assistance allowed
Girardi Keese to continue handling plaintiff cases, ultimately
enabling Girardi to misappropriate settlement funds for personal
gain or to repay clients whose funds had already been stolen.

DiNardo also became involved in litigation related to the families
of victims killed in the 2018 Lion Air crash, where more than $2
million in settlement funds were misappropriated by Girardi and his
firm. DiNardo was identified as an "investigative target" in that
case, but his bankruptcy filing put a hold on proceedings against
him.

Girardi was convicted on four counts of wire fraud in August in the
U.S. District Court for the Central District of California.
Meanwhile, his estranged wife, Erika Girardi, successfully argued
before the California Court of Appeal's Second District last month
that she was unaware of his misconduct.

Additionally, former Girardi Keese CFO Christopher Kamon agreed to
plead guilty in October to assisting Girardi in embezzling client
and firm funds. He is currently in plea negotiations in Illinois
for other pending charges.

The trustee is represented by Jenkins, Mulligan & Gabriel LLP and
Gleichenhaus, Marchese & Weishaar PC. DiNardo and his firm are
represented by Lippes Mathias LLP.

The case is In re: Joseph DiNardo, Bankr. W.D.N.Y., No.
23-bk-10316, complaint 2/3/25.

                    About Girardi & Keese

Girardi and Keese or Girardi & Keese was a Los Angeles-based law
firm founded in 1965 by lawyers Thomas Girardi and Robert Keese. It
served clients in California in a variety of legal areas. It was
known for representing plaintiffs against major corporations.

An involuntary Chapter 7 petition (Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No.
20-21022) was filed in December 2020 against GIRARDI & KEESE by
alleged creditors Jill O'Callahan, Robert M. Keese, John Abassian,
Erika Saldana, Virginia Antonio, and Kimberly Archie.

The petitioners' attorneys is Andrew Goodman, at Goodman Law
Offices, Apc.

Elissa D. Miller, a member of the firm SulmeyerKupetz, has been
appointed as Chapter 7 trustee for GIRARDI KEESE.

          About DiNardo Law Firm

DiNardo Law Firm, PC filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. W.D.N.Y.
Case No. 23-10865) on Sept. 8, 2023, with $1 million to $10
million
in assets and $10 million to $50 million in liabilities. Joseph
DiNardo, sole shareholder, signed the petition.

The Debtor tapped Daniel F. Brown, Esq., at Lippes Mathias LLP as
legal counsel and Dansa D'Arata & Soucia, LLP as accountant. The
Debtor tapped Hamrick & Evans LLP as its local counsel.

           About Thomas Vincent Girardi

An involuntary Chapter 7 petition was also filed against Thomas
Vincent Girardi (Case No. 20-21020) on Dec. 18, 2020. The Chapter 7
trustee is Jason M. Rund, Esq.


GRISWOLD ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
-----------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Griswold Enterprises, L.L.C.
          d/b/a Double Dave Pizzaworks
        7312 Louetta Rd.
        Spring TX 77379

Business Description: Founded in 2020, the Debtor runs a Double
                      Dave's Pizzaworks franchise at 7312 Louetta
                      Road, Spring, Texas 77379.  The business
                      serves a variety of hand-crafted pizzas,
                      pepperoni rolls, strombolis, salads, and
                      desserts.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Texas

Case No.: 25-30707

Debtor's Counsel: Brandon Tittle, Esq.
                  TITTLE LAW GROUP, PLLC
                  1125 Legacy Dr., Ste. 230
                  Frisco TX 75034
                  Tel: 972-213-2316
                  Email: btittle@tittlelawgroup.com

Estimated Assets: $0 to $50,000

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Erin Macmillan Griswold as member.

A copy of the Debtor's list of 10 unsecured creditors is available
for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KFYZBYQ/Griswold_Enterprises_LLC_dba_Double__txsbke-25-30707__0002.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/AD7OS7I/Griswold_Enterprises_LLC_dba_Double__txsbke-25-30707__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


HALO ESTATES: Seeks Cash Collateral Access Until April 30
---------------------------------------------------------
Halo Estates, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central
District of California, San Fernando Valley Division, for authority
to use cash collateral from Jan. 1 to April 30.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral to pay ongoing
necessary expenses.

Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee for the
registered holders of J.P. Morgan Chase Commercial Mortgage
Securities Corp., Multifamily Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates,
Series 2020-SB77, asserts an interest in the Debtor's cash
collateral.

The creditor holds a first-priority lien and assignment of rents on
a loan of $1.056 million, as outlined in the Loan Agreement and
Note, both dated March 19, 2020. The loan is secured by a Deed of
Trust on the property at 521 South Breed Street, Los Angeles,
Calif. The creditor is the current lender, payee, and beneficiary
under these documents, which include all related paperwork for the
loan.

As adequate protection, the Debtor will pay the creditor the amount
of $6,291 each, which equals to a contractual regular monthly
payment under the Note of $5,127 plus 1/12 of the applicable annual
property tax of $723 ($8,682.33/12) plus $4408 in partial default
rate of interest, for the three-month period, payable on the first
day of the month, but not later than by the fifteenth day of the
month, starting with the February 1, 2025.

The creditor is granted a replacement lien in and on all of the
post-petition cash collateral set forth in the UCC Financing
Statement, if any, for the benefit of the creditor and any and all
proceeds therefrom, to the same extent, validity, and priority as
any lien held by creditor as of the petition date, to the extent of
any reduction in the value of such cash collateral actually used by
the Debtor.

The COVID-19 moratorium on rent enforcement and evictions,
implemented by the city and state, made it difficult for the Debtor
to meet financial obligations to the creditor. By April 2024, the
Debtor was about three months behind on the mortgage. Despite the
Debtor's requests for help or alternative solutions, the creditor
issued a Notice of Default and Notice of Trustee Sale, disregarding
the challenges small property owners face. The Debtor was able to
make partial payments to reinstate the loan, but the creditor
continued with foreclosure efforts, accumulating fees. As a result,
the first bankruptcy case was filed to prevent foreclosure and
propose a plan to address arrears. The first case was dismissed,
and this case was filed to allow the Debtor to determine the
creditor's claim and negotiate fair repayment terms.

Wilmington Trust is represented by:

     Amir Gamliel, Bar No. 268121
     AGamliel@perkinscoie.com
     Perkins Coie, LLP
     1888 Century Park East, Suite 1700
     Los Angeles, CA 90067
     Telephone: 310.788.9900
     Facsimile: 310.788.3399

                       About Halo Estates LLC

Halo Estates LLC is a Los Angeles-based real estate company.

Halo Estates sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No. 25-10025) on January 7, 2025,
listing up to $50,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Martin R. Barash handles the case.

Alla Tenina, Esq., represents the Debtor as legal counsel.


HONDUCRETE REDI: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy Protection in Texas
----------------------------------------------------------------
On January 31, 2025, Honducrete Redi Mix Inc. filed Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Texas.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million
and $10 million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

           About Honducrete Redi Mix Inc.

Honducrete Redi Mix Inc. operates as a ready mix concrete provider.


Honducrete Redi Mix Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30372) on January 31,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Stacey G. Jernigan handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Robert T DeMarco, Esq.
     DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC
     12770 Coit Road, Suite 850
     Dallas TX 75251
     Tel: (972) 991-5591
     E-mail: robert@demarcomitchell.com


HOUZE AMERICA: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on March 3
----------------------------------------------------------
On January 29, 2025, Houze America Management LLC filed Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District
of Georgia.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $500,000
and $1 million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on March 3,
2025 at 10:00 AM via Telephone conference. To attend, Dial
888-902-9750 and enter participation code 9635734.

           About Houze America Management LLC

Houze America Management LLC is a property management services
company based in Union City, Georgia.

Houze America Management LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-50936) on January
29, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets
between $100,000 and $500,000 and estimated liabilities between
$500,000 and $1 million.


JACKSON HOSPITAL: Case Summary & 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------------
Two affiliates that simultaneously filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

    Debtor                                        Case No.
    ------                                        --------
    Jackson Hospital & Clinic Inc. (Lead Case)    25-30256
    1725 Pine Street
    Montgomery, AL 36106

    JHC Pharmacy, LLC                             25-30257
      d/b/a Jackson Apothecary
      d/b/a Jackson Apothecary Main
      d/b/a Jackson Apothecary-Prattville
    1758 Park Place
    Montgomery, AL 36106

Business Description: Jackson Hospital & Clinic, Inc. ("JHC") is a
                      non-membership, non-profit corporation based
                      in Alabama.  JHC is the direct or indirect
                      parent company of JHC Pharmacy LLC ("JHP"),
                      an Alabama limited liability company that
                      provides pharmacy services to JHC patients.
                      JHC owns 100% of JHP.  Additionally,
                      JHC is a direct or indirect parent company
                      of certain other entities that have not
                      filed for bankruptcy.

                      JHC is a 344-bed healthcare facility in
                      Montgomery, Alabama, with a rich history
                      dating back to 1894.  Since its official
                      opening in 1946, JHC has grown into one of
                      the largest hospitals in Alabama, offering
                      specialized services in cardiac care, cancer
                      treatment, neurosciences, orthopedics,
                      women's care, and emergency services.  JHC's
                      service area includes 16 counties across
                      central Alabama.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 3, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Alabama

Judge: Hon. Christopher L Hawkins

Debtors'
General
Bankruptcy
Counsel:               Derek F. Meek, Esq.
                       Marc P. Solomon, Esq.
                       James P. Roberts, Esq.
                       Andrew P. Cicero, III, Esq.
                       Catherine T. Via, Esq.
                       BURR & FORMAN LLP
                       420 20th Street North, Suite 3400
                       Birmingham, Alabama 35203
                       Tel: (205) 251-3000
                       E-mail: dmeek@burr.com
                               msolomon@burr.com
                               jroberts@burr.com
                               acicero@burr.com
                               cvia@burr.com

Debtors'
Special
Corporate &
Health Care
Regulatory
Counsel:               GILPIN GIVHAN, PC

Debtors'
Conflicts
Counsel:               MEMORY MEMORY & CAUSBY, LLP

Debtors'
Restructuring &
Financial
Advisor:               EISNER ADVISORY GROUP LLC

Debtors'
Investment
Banker:                SSG CAPITAL ADIVSORS, LLC

Debtors'
Notice,
Claims &
Balloting
Agent:                 OMNI AGENT SOLUTIONS, INC.

Estimated Assets: $100 million to $500 million

Estimated Liabilities: $100 million to $500 million

The petitions were signed by Allen Wilen as chief restructuring
officer.

Full-text copies of the petitions are available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/54H3NEQ/Jackson_Hospital__Clinic_Inc__almbke-25-30256__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NP7CGJY/JHC_Pharmacy_LLC__almbke-25-30257__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

Consolidated List of Debtors' 30 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

   Entity                            Nature of Claim  Claim Amount

1. Capta Health Partners, LLC                          $28,000,000
8745 W Higgins Rd, Suite 110
Chicago, IL, 60631
Jason Lerch
Email: JLerch@captahp.com

2. Jackson Nurse                                        $9,739,653
Professionals LLC
3452 Lake Lynda Drive, Suite 200
Orlando, FL 32817
Alyssa Rose
Email: arose@jacksonnursing.com

3. Jackson Imaging Center LLC                           $6,220,110
Attn: Jim Stroud
1825 Park Place
Montgomery, AL 36106
Jim Stroud
Email: jimstroud@jackson.org

4. Jackson Surgery Center                               $4,497,174
1725 Park Place,
Montgomery, AL 36106
Missy Sallas
Email: Missy.salas@jackson.org

5. Alabama Power Company                                $2,852,500
ACCT 51553-51031
PO Box 242
Birmingham, AL 35292
Sherri S. Bunting
Email: ssbunt@southernco.com

6. Gallagher Benefit Services                           $1,685,489
PO Box 560812
Denver, CO
80256-0812
Joy Swenson
Email: Joy_Swenson@ajg.com

7. Medtronic USA                                        $1,665,577
PO Box 409201
Atlanta, GA
30384-9201
Angie Hill
Email: angie.hill@medtronic.com

8. Sodexo                                               $1,498,031
PO Box 360170
Pittsburgh, PA
15251-6170
David Healy
Email: David.Healy@sodexo.com

9. Select Medical Corp                                  $1,395,402
4714 Gettysburg Rd
Mechanicsburg, PA 17055
Ruth Powell
Email: RCPowell@selectmedical.com

10. Medline Industries                                  $1,145,619
Dept CH 14400
Palatine, IL
60055-4400
Evia Ruvalcabe
Email: eruvalcaba@medline.com

11. JMS (Sleep Lab)                                     $1,136,003
PO Box 689
Jasper, Al 35502-0689
Ladel Redinger
Email: lredinger@medsouthinc.net

12. Regions Bank 2006 Bond                              $1,090,546
1900 5th Ave North, 26th Floor
Birmingham, AL 35203
Lisa Dark
Email: Lisa.Dark@regions.com

13. St Jude Medical                                       $852,387
22400 Network Place
Chicago, IL 60673-1224
Sameer Saxena
Email: sameer.saxena@abbott.com

14. Philips Healthcare                                    $802,805
PO Box 100355
Atlanta, GA 30384-0355
Melvin Wright
Email: melvin.wright@philips.com

15. Siemens Medical Solutions                             $778,922
PO Box 121102
Dallas, TX
75312-1102
Diane Girard
Email: diane.girard@siemens-
healthlineers.com

16. Depuy Synthes                                         $737,485
PO Box 406663
Atlanta, GA
30384-6663
Editha Legaspi
Email: elegasp@ITS>JNJ.com

17. Globus Medical Inc.                                   $736,369
PO Box 843239
Dallas, TX
75284-3239
Kelly Capogreco
Email: kcapogreco@globusmedical.com

18. Altera Digital Health                                 $693,205
PO Box 735183
Chicago, IL
60673-5183
Cydni Long
Email: cydni.long@alterahealth.com

19. Penumbra Inc.                                         $652,812
PO Box 101836
Pasadena, CA
91189-1836
Guy Hulsenberg
Email: ghulsenberg@penumbrainc.com

20. Intuitive Surgical Inc.                               $591,931
PO Box 883629
Los Angeles, AC 90088
Nicole Campbell
Email: Nicole.Campbell@intuitive.com

21. Omnicell (Formally PSG)                               $568,414
PO Box 201122
Dallas, TX
75320-1122
Korin Lukau
Email: korin.lukau@omnicell.com

22. Boston Scientific                                     $511,272
PO Box 951653
Dallas, TX
75395-1653
Ann Cosetta
Email: ann.cosetta@bsci.com

23. Progressive Perfusion Inc.                            $474,895
2257 Halcyon Blvd.
Montgomery, AL 36117
Will Zukowski
Email: progressiveperfusion@gmail.com

24. Stericycle                                            $466,639
28883 Network Place
Chicago, IL 60673-1288
Jennifer Burks
Email: JBurks@stericye.com
Jessica Woods
Email: JessicaWoods@stericycle.com

25. AllScripts LLC                                        $463,005
24630 Network Place
Chicago, IL 6067-32146
Cydni Long
Email: cydni.long@alterahealth.com

26. Southeast Apothecary (E-P)                            $414,965
2032 Poplar Street
Montgomery, AL 36106
Stacy Long
Email: seamain@live.com

27. Stryker Sales                                         $410,405
22491 Network Place
Chicago, IL 60673
Maria Seas
Email: maria.seas@stryker.com

28. First Insurance Funding                               $409,175
450 Skokie Blvd, Ste 1000
Northbrook, IL 60062-7917
Emily Maddox
Email: Emily.Maddox@gomedassit.com

29. Premier Imaging Medical                               $409,007
Systems, LLC
201 Industrial Drive
Suite A
Franklin, OH 45005
Tammy D'Allura
Email: tdallura@tbsmes.com

30. Spire                                                 $391,376
ACCT #0311762222
PO Box 2224
Birmingham, AL 35246-0022
Lakessia Willis
Email: Lakessia.Willis@spire.com


JACOBS ENTERTAINMENT: S&P Lowers ICR to 'B-', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings lowered its issuer credit rating on gaming
operator Jacobs Entertainment Inc. to 'B-' from 'B'.

S&P said, "At the same time, we lowered our issue-level rating on
the company's $600 million of senior unsecured notes due 2029 to
'B-' from 'B', in line with the issuer credit rating downgrade.
The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Jacobs will
continue to generate sufficient operating cash flow to use along
with excess cash on its balance sheet to fund planned capital
expenditure (capex) and modest distributions despite its high
leverage. We expect S&P Global Ratings adjusted leverage to improve
to 6.7x by the end of 2025 from an estimated 7.1x at the end of
2024.

"Jacobs' 2024 operating performance was below our prior forecast,
and we expect S&P Global Ratings-adjusted debt leverage to remain
above 6.5x through 2025. This stems from weaker operating
performance in the first nine months of 2024 and a downward
revision to our adjusted EBITDA for 2024 and 2025. Soft performance
in its Colorado market and a slower-than-expected ramp up at J
Resort resulted in EBITDA well below our previous forecast. Higher
labor and marketing expenses also pressured adjusted EBITDA given
our assumption of flat revenue growth in 2024, excluding fuel
sales.

"EBITDA margin for the 12 months ended Sept. 30, 2024, was about
20% compared to around 22% for the same comparable period last
year. We expect 2024 S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage of 7.1x,
which is above our 6.5x downgrade threshold. Our 2024 adjusted
EBITDA also includes the negative impact of a potential $5 million
U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) penalty after the company
discovered it failed to submit a subset of player data to the IRS.
The one-time IRS potential penalty charge of $5 million added 0.3x
to debt leverage, although there is no impact to cash flow yet and
the penalty could be reduced. The charge does not affect our 2025
EBITDA forecast.

"While we forecast leverage will improve in 2025 in part due to the
one-time nature of the potential IRS penalty charge, we expect some
softness in operating performance will persist and that ramp up of
J Resort's redevelopment will remain slow. As a result, we expect
leverage will improve to 6.7x but remain above our 6.5x threshold.

"We expect Jacobs' liquidity will remain adequate in 2025. As of
Sept. 30, 2024, Jacobs' balance sheet cash of $51 million, in
addition to our expectation of around $45 million of annual
operating cash flow, is sufficient to fund its capex of about $48
million in 2025, including about $30 million of development
spending.

"In November 2024, Jacobs amended its senior secured revolving
credit facility to widen its debt leverage covenant. To secure the
amendment, Jacobs agreed with its lenders to reduce the size of the
revolver to $20 million from $80 million. Still, Jacobs had minimal
cushion under its debt leverage covenant as of Sept. 30, 2024,
which we believe will improve over the next few quarters.

"We project that Jacobs will have revolver availability of at least
$16 million over the next few quarters. Jacobs' predominantly
fixed-rate capital structure supports operating cash flow and good
EBITDA coverage of interest. The company also does not face any
near-term maturities as its undrawn revolver does not mature until
February 2027 and its notes in February 2029.

"We believe EBITDA at J Resort will improve in 2025 due to cost
reductions as visitation improves following slower-than-anticipated
redevelopment. J Resort completed the first phase of its remodeling
project in 2023 and is currently in the second phase to expand the
casino and add additional resort amenities. The $130 million first
phase included a completely remodeled casino (including over 600
new gaming positions), renovated hotel rooms, surface parking
spaces, and new food and beverage outlets. The $120 million second
phase development includes an expanded casino to accommodate the
number of hotel rooms, another food and beverage offering, and
additional resort amenities.

"While we had previously expected J Resort to generate incremental
cash flow in 2025, we now expect that J Resort will likely not turn
profitable until 2026 at the earliest. Although we assume these
projects will increase visitation at both of its Reno properties,
Jacobs has faced challenges in repositioning J Resort as a higher
quality property, and it may take longer until it fully realizes
the benefits from the redevelopment."

Improvements to the quality of its casinos and their surrounding
neighborhoods should help Jacobs better capitalize on Reno's
increased gaming revenue, which has benefited from the city's
steady population increases and investments in the area to support
job creation. Still, S&P assumes the company's casinos remain
second-tier properties in the highly competitive Reno market with
three Caesars Entertainment Inc.-owned properties. Caesars has
greater resources for marketing.

S&P said, "We expect its Colorado and Louisiana properties will
continue to be the leading contributors to its cash flow. We assume
the performance of Jacobs' Black Hawk, Colo., properties, which
account for about 40% of its property-level EBITDA, remain largely
stable over time. We do not anticipate further changes in their
operating environment following a gaming and amenity expansion at
the competing Monarch Casino Resort. Further, we believe gross
gaming revenue in Black Hawk will remain above pre-pandemic levels.
This follows the mid-2021 implementation of Colorado's Amendment
77, which removed the $100 bet limit and permitted a greater
variety of games in the market.

"However, gaming demand at its Colorado properties has been soft
hurting EBITDA in 2024 and we expect the operating environment to
remain lackluster in 2025. Likewise. Jacobs' Louisiana properties
EBITDA experienced a modest decline in 2024 because of lower slot
coin-in and hold, which was in part attributable to adverse first
quarter weather.

"Regardless, we expect Louisiana to remain a large contributor.
Jacobs has a leading position in the Louisiana truck stop market,
which benefits from some barriers to entry given the limitations to
eligible locations.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Jacobs will
continue to generate significant operating cash flow that it can
use along with excess cash on its balance sheet to fund planned
capex and modest distributions despite its high leverage. We expect
S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage to improve to 6.7x by the end
of 2025 from an estimated 7.1x at the end of 2024.

"While unlikely in our forecast period, we could lower the rating
on Jacobs if we believe its capital structure is unsustainable
because of an increase in leverage or liquidity shortfalls. This
could occur if an economic downturn cuts consumer discretionary
spending or competitive pressure increases.

"We could raise our rating on Jacobs if we expect it to sustain S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted EBITDA interest coverage above 2x and debt
leverage below 6.5x, incorporating some cushion for operating
volatility."



JEA2 LLC: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------
JEA2, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District
of California, Modesto Division, for authority to use cash
collateral.

The cash collateral consists of rents collected from the company's
154.59-acre undeveloped real property in Stanislaus County, Calif.

The company requires the need to use cash collateral to pay
expenses incurred in connection with the Real Property and the
operation of its business and administration of the chapter 11
case.

JEA2 leases the real property under the terms of the written lease
dated June 13, 2023 between the company as lessor and Tom and Matt
Maring/T&M Farms as lessee. T&M conducts farming operations on the
Real Property. The term of the lease runs through November 15,
2025. In December 2024, T&M made a second and final annual payment
of rent to the company under the lease. The payment was in the
amount of $50,472.85, and the company deposited that payment into
its debtor-in-possession bank account, where it remains.

SBN V Ag I, LLC asserts an interest in the funds in the DIP
Account, as its cash collateral. This interest is claimed under the
terms of a Deed of Trust With Assignment of Rents executed by JEA2
and recorded by Summit in connection with a pre-bankruptcy loan.

To the extent Summit obtains a replacement lien in post-petition
rents, its interest is adequately protected, particularly in light
of the significant equity in the Real Property protecting Summit's
interest.

                    About JEA2 LLC

JEA2, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D. Cal. Case No. Case 24-90615) on October 17, 2024.
In the petition signed by Jeffrey Arambel, managing member, the
Debtor disclosed up to $50 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Ronald H. Sargis oversees the case.

Anthony Asebedo, Esq., at Reynolds Law, LLP, represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


JORDAN HEALTH: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to June 4
---------------------------------------------------------
Jordan Health Products I, Inc. and its affiliates asked the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to June 4 and August 4, 2025, respectively.

The Debtors submit that sufficient cause exists to extend the
Exclusive Periods pursuant to Bankruptcy Code section 1121(d) based
on the following:

     * The necessity of sufficient time to permit the negotiation
of a plan of liquidation. The Debtors have not made any prior
requests for the extension of the Exclusive Periods, and only seek
a 120-day extension through this Motion. The Debtors and their
professionals have expended significant efforts to sufficiently
market the Debtors' assets for sale, conducted a successful sale
process, have obtained approval of and closed two separate sales.
The Debtors require additional time to determine if a chapter 11
plan is feasible under the circumstances.

     * The Debtors have made good faith progress toward exiting
Chapter 11. Since the Petition Date, the Debtors have made
substantial and meaningful progress under chapter 11, including:
(a) soliciting bids for their assets, and (b) obtaining Court
approval of and closing two sales within the first five months of
these Chapter 11 Cases; and (c) administering these Chapter 11
Cases efficiently, economically, and cooperatively with numerous
parties in interest. The Debtors intend to maintain their momentum
to ensure a swift exit from these Chapter 11 Cases.

     * The Debtors are paying their bills as they become due. Since
the Petition Date, the Debtors have paid their vendors and
creditors in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise
authorized pursuant to orders of the Court.

     * The Debtors have reasonable prospects for filing a viable
plan. The the Debtors' aim in commencing these Chapter 11 Cases was
to sell their assets pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code
for the best possible price. With both the MedSurge Division and
remaining asset sales closed, the Debtors will use the available
time under the TSA to determine if a chapter 11 plan is feasible
under the circumstances.

     * The Debtors are not seeking to extend the Exclusive Periods
as a means to pressure creditors to submit to the Debtors'
reorganization demands. The Debtors are not seeking to extend the
Exclusive Periods to pressure or prejudice any of their creditors:
they are requesting the extension to comply with the TSA and allow
them sufficient time to determine if a liquidation plan is
feasible. The Debtors are engaged in discussions with the Committee
regarding the filing of a consensual liquidation plan. The Stalking
Horse Bidder is fully supportive of the extension of the Exclusive
Periods given the pendency of the TSA.

     * Unresolved contingencies exist. Although the Debtors have
made significant progress in these Chapter 11 Cases thus far,
significant, unresolved contingencies exist, including, but not
limited to, resolving outstanding sales tax liabilities with the
affected states and adhering to the terms of the TSA.

Counsel to the Debtors:               

                       Christopher A. Ward, Esq.
                       Shanti M. Katona, Esq.
                       Katherine M. Devanney, Esq.
                       Michael V. DiPietro, Esq.
                       POLSINELLI PC
                       222 Delaware Avenue, Suite 1101
                       Wilmington, Delaware 19801
                       Tel: (302) 252-0920
                       Fax: (302) 252-0921
                       Email: cward@polsinelli.com
                              skatona@polsinelli.com
                              kdevanney@polsinelli.com
                              mdipietro@polsinelli.com

                        - and -

                       Ashley D. Champion, Esq.
                       POLSINELLI PC
                       1201 W. Peachtree St. NW, Suite 1100
                       Atlanta, Georgia 30309
                       Tel: (404) 253-6000
                       Fax: (404) 252-6060
                       Email: achampion@polsinelli.com

     About Jordan Health Products

Jordan Health Products I, Inc., doing business as Avante Health
Solutions, is a provider of medical equipment solutions, selling
new and refurbished equipment, parts, service, support, and
training to healthcare facilities worldwide. Several Avante
businesses act as independent service organizations ("ISO") for
various medical facilities to provide maintenance and support
services for equipment manufactured and produced by other companies
(known as original equipment manufacturers, or "OEMs").

Jordan Health Products I, Inc. and its affiliates sought protection
under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead
Case No. 24-12271) on Oct. 8, 2024. In the petitions signed by Rob
Hubbard, chief restructuring officer, the Debtors disclosed up to
$100 million in estimated assets and up to $500 million in
estimated liabilities.

The Debtors tapped Polsinelli PC as counsel, Riveron Management
Services, LLC as restructuring advisor, and Livingstone Partners
LLC as investment banker. Omni Agent Solutions, Inc., is the
Debtors' notice, claims, and balloting agent.


KOZUBA & SONS: Court to Hold Cash Collateral Hearing Today
----------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa
Division, is set to hold a hearing today, at 9:30 a.m., on the
motion by Kozuba & Sons Distillery, Inc. to use cash collateral.

The court previously extended the company's authority to use the
cash collateral of its secured creditors. This interim authority
expires on Feb. 6.  

The interim order issued by the court on Jan. 29 granted secured
creditors post-petition liens on the cash collateral to the same
extent and with the same validity and priority as their
pre-bankruptcy liens.

                      About Kozuba & Sons Distillery

Kozuba & Sons Distillery, Inc., a company in Pinellas Park, Fla.,
filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 24-01003) on February 28, 2024,
with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Jakub Kozuba, vice president of Kozuba & Sons, signed the
petition.

Judge Roberta A. Colton presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Scott A. Stichter, Esq.
   Stichter, Riedel, Blain & Postler, P.A.
   Tel: 813-229-0144
   Email: sstichter.ecf@srbp.com


KYLE CHAPMAN: Unsecured Creditors Will Get 95% of Claims in Plan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Kyle Chapman Motor Sales, L.P. and affiliates filed with the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Texas a Disclosure
Statement describing Plan of Reorganization dated January 25,
2025.

The Debtors are Texas corporations that operate, collectively, as a
"Buy Here, Pay Here" used car dealership with affiliated entities
to collect on finance receivables (KCMS) or to serve as the
landlord (Cavalier). The Debtors operate in Austin and Buda,
Texas.

Chapman Motors has operated since 1996, selling used automobiles
while providing financing to the customers who may not otherwise be
able to obtain financing through traditional lenders. KCMS Premier
compliments the operations of Chapman Motors and serves, in part,
as the financing entity that collects the finance receivables
issued by the customers when they finance the purchase of the
vehicles.

Until 2023, Chapman Motors operated out of three locations. One in
Austin off Airport Blvd., (the "Airport Blvd. Location"), the main
location off of I-35 in Buda, Texas (the "Buda Location") and a
previous location out of San Marcos, Texas (the "San Marcos
Location").

After filing for bankruptcy protection, Debtors continued their
normal operations at the Airport Blvd. Location and the Buda
Location. Debtors have not liquidated assets outside of the
ordinary course of business or had to take out postpetition
financing to maintain ongoing operations.

Class 5 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. Class 5
Allowed General Unsecured Claims, including deficiency claims,
shall receive a 95% distribution, which amount shall be paid in
monthly payments beginning in Month 01 of the Plan and ending in
Month 08 according to the projections listed in the Plan payments.
The allowed unsecured claims total $157,488.03. Class 5 is impaired
and entitled to vote.

Class 7 consists of Allowed Equity Interests in the Debtors. The
equity interest holders in the Debtors will retain their interests
in the Reorganized Debtors.

The Debtors' operations have become more streamlined while they
have been in bankruptcy and paying down a considerable amount on
the secured claims of Frost Bank (approximately $4.5 million).
Paying $100,000 per week to Frost required the Debtors to operate
on limited cash flow, which will improve under the terms of the
proposed Plan. Between the net income generated from Debtors'
operations, the anticipated expansion of business, the cash on
hand, and the sale of an unencumbered asset, the Debtors will be
able to fund the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Disclosure Statement dated January 25, 2025
is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=dVY3iT from
PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel for the Debtors:

     Todd Headden, Esq.
     Charlie Shelton, Esq.
     HAYWARD PLLC
     7600 Burnet Road, Suite 530
     Austin, TX 78757
     Phone: (737) 881-7100
     Email: theadden@haywardfirm.com
                  cshelton@haywardfirm.com

               About Kyle Chapman Motor Sales

Kyle Chapman Motor Sales, L.P. is a family-owned and operated
automobile dealer in Buda, Texas.

Kyle filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 24-10143)
on Feb. 13, 2024, with $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Todd Headden, Esq., at Hayward PLLC is the Debtor's legal counsel.


LIBERATED BRANDS: Secures Court Okay to Tap $25MM Ch. 11 Financing
------------------------------------------------------------------
Emily Lever of Law360 reports that on February 4, 2025, a Delaware
bankruptcy judge gave interim approval for outdoor and athletic
apparel retailer Liberated Brands LLC to access $25 million of its
$35 million debtor-in-possession financing.

                 About Liberated Brands

Liberated is in the sport, outdoor, and lifestyle apparel industry.
Liberated offers its customers access to products under
high-quality brands such as Volcom, Billabong, Quiksilver, Spyder,
RVCA, Roxy, and Honolua, in its 124 retail locations across the
United States and through other channels. As an omnichannel apparel
licensee with deep-rooted and unique expertise in trend
forecasting and brand development, Liberated has attracted loyal
customers in more than 100 countries. Liberated operates regional
headquarters in North America, Europe, Japan, and Australia.

On Feb. 2, 2025, Liberated Brands LLC and eight affiliated debtors
filed voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United
States Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 25-10168). The
cases are pending before Honorable Judge J. Kate Stickles.

Liberated has tapped Kirkland & Ellis, LLP and AlixPartners LLP to
facilitate the Chapter 11 restructuring process. Stretto is the
claims agent.

JP Morgan has retained Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP and Berkeley
Research Group, LLC.


LILLY INDUSTRIES: Case Summary & 10 Unsecured Creditors
-------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Lilly Industries, Inc.
           d/b/a The Slab Studio, LM
       2121 S Anne St
       Santa Ana CA 92704

Business Description: Lilly Industries, Inc. (dba The Slab Studio)
                      is a trade-only gallery that offers
                      architects, contractors, dealers, and
                      designers access to the finest natural stone
                      and semi-precious slabs, ensuring a
                      sophisticated, one-of-a-kind viewing
                      experience.  With discerning standards and a
                      global reach, they act as a trusted partner
                      for those seeking premium materials for
                      high-end design projects.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 3, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-10301

Judge: Hon. Theodor Albert

Debtor's Counsel: Brian Rothschild, Esq.
                  PARSONS BEHLE & LATIMER
                  201 South Main Street, Suite 1800
                  Salt Lake City, UT 84111
                  Tel: 801-532-1234
                  E-mail: BRothschild@parsonsbehle.com

Total Assets: $698,536

Total Liabilities: $2,583,516

The petition was signed by Josiah Lilly as president.

A copy of the Debtor's list of 10 unsecured creditors is available
for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LGAAXBA/Lilly_Industries_Inc_dba_The_Slab__cacbke-25-10301__0002.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KZJ4PXQ/Lilly_Industries_Inc_dba_The_Slab__cacbke-25-10301__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


LITTLE MINT: Ward and Smith, 2 Others Appointed to Creditors' Panel
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Judge Joseph Callaway of the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern
District of North Carolina ordered the appointment of three
creditors to the official committee of unsecured creditors in the
Chapter 11 case of The Little Mint, Inc.

The unsecured creditors are:

     1. Ward and Smith, P.A.
        c/o Paul A. Fanning, Esq.
        Post Office Box 8088
        Greenville, NC 27835-8088
        paf@wardandsmith.com

     2. Performance Food Group, Inc.
        c/o David Easton*
        12500 West Creek Pkwy
        Richmond, VA 23238
        deaston@pfgc.com

     3. SCF RC Funding IV, LLC
        c/o Nisha Patel
        902 Carnegie Center Blvd, Suite 520
        Princeton, NJ 08540
        npatel@essentialproperties.com

Official creditors' committees serve as fiduciaries to the general
population of creditors they represent.  They may investigate the
debtor's business and financial affairs. Committees have the right
to employ legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors at a
debtor's expense.

                     About The Little Mint Inc.

The Little Mint, Inc. owns multiple Hwy 55 Burgers, Shakes & Fries
restaurants. It conducts business under the name Hwy 55 Burgers
Shakes & Fries and is based in Mount Olive, N.C.

Little Mint sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr. E.D.N.C. Case No. 24-04510) on Dec. 31, 2024. In its
petition, the Debtor reported assets between $1 million and $10
million and liabilities between $10 million and $50 million.

Judge Joseph N. Callaway presides over the case.

Rebecca F. Redwine, Esq., at Hendren, Redwine & Malone, PLLC, is
the Debtor's legal counsel.


LOS TRECE TEXAS: Continued Operations to Fund Plan Payments
-----------------------------------------------------------
Los Trece Texas, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of Texas an Amended Plan of Reorganization under
Subchapter V dated January 24, 2025.

Los Trece Texas, LLC was incorporated as a Texas limited liability
company on January 7, 2023. Its owners are Carrie Wells, Kacy Wells
and Chris Chitsey.

The Debtor purchased its property from Darren B. St. Ama and Jayne
L. St. Ama who took back a note in the amount of $1,812,013.00
secured by a deed of trust. The property was also subject to a lien
in favor of MC Bank in the amount of approximately $180,000.00. The
Debtor purchased the property subject to such lien but did not
assume the debt.

On May 29, 2024, the Debtor sued the St. Amas for fraud in
connection with the sale of the property. The Debtor obtained a
temporary restraining order against the St. Amas to prevent a
foreclosure sale scheduled for June 2024.

The Debtor elected to file bankruptcy after the St. Amas posted the
property for foreclosure in July 2024 and MCBank posted the
property for foreclosure in August 2024. The Debtor obtained a
temporary restraining order but was unable to post a bond in the
amount of $2.5 million.

The Plan Proponent's financial projections show that the Debtor
will have projected disposable income of $$442,786. The final Plan
payment is expected to be paid on December 15, 2029.

This Plan of Reorganization proposes to pay creditors of the Debtor
from revenues received from operating its business.

Non-priority unsecured creditors holding allowed claims will
receive distributions, which the proponent of this Plan has valued
at undetermined cents on the dollar based on total unsecured claims
of up to $1,802,092.72 and projected payments to unsecured
creditors of up to $undetermined.

Class 7 consists of Unsecured Creditors. The Class 7 creditors
shall receive payment of the Debtor's Projected Disposable Income
less payments to Administrative Creditors and claimants in Classes
1-6. This Class is impaired.

Allowed administrative expenses shall be within fourteen days after
entry of an order approving such amounts. If the Debtor does not
have sufficient funds on hand to pay the Allowed administrative
expenses, they shall be paid in the next regular distribution.

The monies to fund the Plan shall consist of: (i) all monies held
by the Debtor on the Effective Date; (ii) all monies earned by the
Debtor over the life of the Plan.

A full-text copy of the Amended Plan dated January 24, 2025 is
available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=78UObb from PacerMonitor.com
at no charge.

                    About Los Trece Texas, LLC

Los Trece Texas LLC is a destination for events, weekly live music,
food, and hand-crafted cocktails.

Los Trece Texas LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of Chapter 11
of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 24-10768) on July
1, 2024. In the petition signed by Carrie Wells, as manager, the
Debtor estimated assets and liabilities between $1 million and $10
million.

The Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Shad Robinson oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Stephen W Sather, Esq.
     BARRON & NEWBURGER, P.C.
     7320 N. MoPac Expressway 400
     Austin, TX 78731
     Tel: (512) 649-3243
     Email: ssather@bn-lawyers.com


LOUISIANA APPLE: Seeks to Extend Plan Exclusivity to March 3
------------------------------------------------------------
Louisiana Apple, LLC and its affiliates asked the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Western District of Louisiana to extend their
exclusivity periods to file a plan of reorganization and obtain
acceptance thereof to March 3 and May 5, 2025, respectively.

The Debtors explain that their case, which involves multiple
companies, has its share of complexities given the nature of the
Debtors' assets and the claims at issue. The extension of the
Exclusive Periods requested herein will enable the Debtors to
prepare a viable Chapter 11 plan and present that plan to parties
in interest after that date. The requested extension of the
Exclusive Periods will permit the plan process to move forward in
an orderly fashion and with better information for all
stakeholders.

The Debtors claim that termination of exclusivity could be very
disruptive to the Debtors' efforts to develop a Chapter 11 plan. At
this time, the Debtors are in the middle of dealing with discovery
issues and a venue dispute. Moreover, if exclusivity terminates and
competing Chapter 11 plans are filed, resources and energy will
necessarily be diverted from negotiating a consensual Chapter 11
plan to prosecuting and defending competing Chapter 11 plans.

The Debtors assert that the requested extensions of the Exclusive
Periods will provide the Debtors and all other parties in interest
an opportunity to develop fully the grounds upon which serious
negotiations toward a Chapter 11 plan can be based. Terminating the
Exclusive Periods before this process is complete, before discovery
is completed, would defeat the purpose of Section 1121 of the
Bankruptcy Code, to afford the Debtors a meaningful and reasonable
opportunity to negotiate with creditors and propose and confirm a
consensual Chapter 11 plan.

Accordingly, the Debtors should be granted a full and fair
opportunity to negotiate, propose and seek acceptance of a Chapter
11 plan. The Debtors believe that the requested extension of the
Exclusive Periods is warranted and appropriate under the
circumstances, particularly since the Motion is the Debtors’
first request for an extension.

Further, the Debtors submit that the requested extension is
reasonable and necessary, will not prejudice the legitimate
interest of creditors and other parties in interest, and will
afford the Debtors a meaningful opportunity to pursue a consensual
plan, all as contemplated by Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Counsel to the Debtors:

     H. Kent Aguillard, Esq.
     Caleb Kent Aguillard, Esq.
     Attorneys at Law
     141 South Sixth Street
     Eunice, LA 70535
     Ph: (337) 457-9331
     Fx: (337) 457-2917
     Email: kent@aguillardlaw.com
            caleb@aguillardlaw.com

       About  Louisiana Apple, LLC

Louisiana Apple, LLC filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. S.D. Fla.
Case No. 24-20336) on October 4, 2024, with as much as $50,000 in
both assets and liabilities.

Judge Robert A. Mark oversees the case.

Eyal Berger, Esq., at Akerman, LLP and Yip Associates serve as the
Debtor's legal counsel and accountant, respectively.


LUMIO HOLDINGS: Gets Ch. 11 Liquidation Approval after Asset Sale
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Alex Wittenberg of Law360 reports that on February 3, 2025, a
Delaware bankruptcy judge approved Lumio Holdings Inc.'s Chapter 11
liquidation plan after the solar panel provider finalized the sale
of its business to Zeo Energy Corp.

                        About Lumio Holdings

Lumio Holdings, Inc., is a privately-held residential solar
provider in Lehi, Utah, which is fully vertically integrated with a
full suite of photovoltaic solar system sales, installation and
operations.

Lumio Holdings and Lumio HX, Inc. filed Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. D. Del. Lead Case No. 24-11916) on Sept. 3, 2024. Jeffrey
T. Varsalone, chief restructuring officer, signed the petitions.

At the time of the filing, the Debtors reported $100 million to
$500 million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge J. Kate Stickles oversees the cases.

The Debtors tapped Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell, LLP, Houlihan
Lokey Capital, Inc. and C Street Advisory Group as legal counsel,
investment Banker and strategic communications advisor,
respectively.  Stretto, Inc. is the claims and noticing agent and
administrative advisor.


LUTHERAN HOME: Case Summary & 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors
------------------------------------------------------------
Lead Debtor: Lutheran Home and Services for the Aged, Inc.
               d/b/a Lutheran Home
             800 W. Oakton
             Arlington Heights IL 60004

Business Description: Lutheran Home is a non-profit, mission-
                      driven community offering a range of
                      services including assisted living, memory
                      care, skilled nursing, and short-term
                      rehabilitation, along with extensive
                      outpatient rehabilitation therapy.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Illinois

Eight affiliates that simultaneously filed voluntary petitions for
relief under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code:

   Debtor                                              Case No.
   ------                                              --------
Lutheran Home and Services for the Aged, Inc. (Lead)  25-01705    

   dba Lutheran Home
800 W. Oakton
Arlington Heights IL 60004

Luther Oaks, Inc.                                     25-01706
   dba Luther Oaks
601 Lutz Road
Bloomington IL 61704

Lutheran Home for the Aged, Inc.                      25-01707
   dba Lutheran Home
800 W. Oakton
Arlington Heights IL 60004

Pleasant View Luther Home, Inc.                       25-01708
   dba Pleasant View
505 College Ave.
Ottawa IL 61350

Lutheran Life Communities                             25-01709
800 West Oakton Street
Arlington Heights IL 60004

Lutheran Life Communities Foundation                  25-01710
800 W. Oakton Street
Arlington Heights IL 60004

Wittenberg Lutheran Village, Inc.                     25-01711
   dba Wittenberg Village
1175 E. Luther Drive
Crown Point IN 46307

Wittenberg Lutheran Village Endowment Corporation     25-01712
1150 E. Luther Drive
Crown Point IN 46307

Debtors'
Bankruptcy &
Restructuring
Counsel:            Stephen D. Lerner, Esq.
                    SQUIRE PATTON BOGGS (US) LLP
                    201 E. Fourth St., Suite 1900
                    Cincinnati, OH 45202
                    Tel: (513) 361-1200
                    Fax: (513) 361-1201
                    Email: stephen.lerner@squirepb.com

                      - and -

                    Jeffrey R. Rothleder, Esq.
                    2550 M Street, NW
                    Washington, DC 20037
                    Tel: (202) 457-6000
                    Fax: (202) 457-6315
                    Email: jeffrey.rothleder@squirepb.com

                      - and -

                    Maura P. McIntyre, Esq.
                    1000 Key Tower
                    127 Public Square
                    Cleveland, OH 44114
                    Tel: (216) 479-8715
                    Fax: (216) 479-8780
                    Email: maura.mcintyre@squirepb.com


Debtors'
Illinois
Bankruptcy
Counsel:            David A. Agay, Esq.
                    Marc Carmel, Esq.
                    Nicholas M. Miller, Esq.
                    Maria G. Carr, Esq.
                    Ashley Jericho, Esq.
                    MCDONALD HOPKINS LLC
                    300 North LaSalle Street, Suite 1400
                    Chicago, Illinois 60654
                    Tel: (312) 280-0111
                    Email: dagay@mcdonaldhopkins.com
                           mcarmel@mcdonaldhopkins.com
                           nmiller@mcdonaldhopkins.com
                           mcarr@mcdonaldhopkins.com
                           ajericho@mcdonaldhopkins.com

Debtors'
Financial
Advisor:            ONEPOINT PARTNERS, LLC

Debtors'
Claims,
Noticing,
Solicitation,
Balloting, and
Tabulation Agent:   STRETTO

Lutheran Home's
Estimated Assets: $100 million to $500 million

Lutheran Home's
Estimated Liabilities: $100 million to $500 million

The petitions were signed by Amy LaCroix as secretary.

Full-text copies of five of the Debtors' petitions are available
for free on PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/X2Z6VZI/Lutheran_Home_and_Services_for__ilnbke-25-01705__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/UA5F3OA/Luther_Oaks_Inc__ilnbke-25-01706__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/EJN4M7Q/Lutheran_Home_for_the_Aged_Inc__ilnbke-25-01707__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OADSDKA/Pleasant_View_Luther_Home_Inc__ilnbke-25-01708__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OOZUT4Q/Lutheran_Life_Communities__ilnbke-25-01709__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA

List of Debtors' 20 Largest Unsecured Creditors:

    Entity                          Nature of Claim   Claim Amount

1. Select Rehabilitation                  Trade           $808,084
PO Box 71985
Chicago, IL 60694
Attn: Legal Dept

2. Healthcare & Family Services           Trade           $446,990
201 S Grand Ave E, 3rd Fl
Springfield, IL 62763-0002
Attn: Legal Dept
Email: hfs.rules@illinois.gov

3. CR Improvements LLC                    Trade           $255,294
4130 Downers Dr
Downers Grove, IL 60515
Attn: Legal Dept
Email: chris@crimprovements.com

4. Direct Energy Business                 Trade           $185,587
PO Box 70220
Philadelphia, PA 19176
Attn: Legal Dept
Tel: 888-925-9115

5. Tabet Divito & Rothstein LLC       Professional         $70,177
209 S Lasalle St, Fl 7                  Services
Chicago, IL 60604
Attn: Legal Dept
Tel: 312-762-9450
Fax: 312-762-9451

6. Thomas Cuisine                     Professional         $64,012
700 E Franklin Rd                       Services
Meridian, ID 83642

7. Constellation NewEnergy Inc.           Trade            $43,449
PO Box 4640
Carol Stream, IL 60197
Attn: Legal Dept

8. 3rdThird Marketing LLC             Professional         $34,325
PO Box 803                              Services
Vashon, WA 98070
Attn: Legal Dept
Email: patrick@3rd3rd.com

9. McKesson Medical Surgical              Trade            $27,049
PO Box 204786
Dallas, TX 75320
Attn: Legal Dept

10. NIPSCO                                Trade            $25,723
PO Box 13007
Merrillville, IN 46411
Attn: Legal Dept

11. Health Care Service                   Trade            $22,384
Corporation
300 E Randolph St
Chicago, IL 60601
Attn: Legal Dept
Tel: 800-654-7385

12. Ryan Fire Protection                  Trade            $22,378
9740 E 148th St
Noblesville, IN 46060
Attn: Legal Dept

13. K&M Printing Co.                      Trade            $16,270
1410 N Meacham Rd
Schaumburg, IL 60173
Attn: Legal Dept

14. City of Crown Point                   Trade            $15,350
101 North East St
Crown Point, IN 46307
Attn: Legal Dept

15. Silversphere LLC                      Trade            $15,300
PO Box 75701
Chicago, IL 60675
Attn: Legal Dept
Email: accountsreceivable@sentrics.com

16. OneNeck IT Solutions LLC              Trade            $15,069
PO Box 85790
Minneapolis, MN 55485
Attn: Legal Dept

17. Ameren Illinois                       Trade            $14,883
PO Box 88034
Chicago, IL 606080
Attn: Legal Dept

18. Critical HVAC Systems LLC             Trade            $14,155
5400 Newport Dr, Ste 1
Rolling Meadows, IL 60008
Attn: Legal Dept

19. Prime Senior Home Care Inc.           Trade            $11,205
7331 N Lincoln Ave, Ste 3
Lincolnwood, IL 60712
Attn: Legal Dept
Email: primeseniorcare@gmail.com

20. TK Elevator Corporation               Trade            $11,106
940 W Adams St, Ste 404
Chicago, IL 60607
Attn: Legal Dept
Tel: 312-733-8025


MACON ARTS: Case Summary & Nine Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Macon Arts Center, LLC
        a Georgia Limited Liability Company
        4570 Pio Nono Ave
        Macon, GA 31206

Business Description: The Macon Arts Center, also known as The
                      Mac, is a dynamic live entertainment venue
                      offering a wide range of experiences.
                      Spanning 9.52 acres with over 30,000 square
                      feet of operational space, it hosts a
                      variety of events, including indoor and
                      outdoor live concerts, corporate gatherings,
                      film productions, private parties,
                      theatrical performances, and much more.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 3, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Middle District of Georgia

Case No.: 25-50167

Debtor's Counsel: Christopher W. Terry, Esq.
                  BOYER TERRY LLC
                  348 Cotton Avenue, Suite 200
                  Macon, GA 31201
                  Tel: (478) 742-6481
                  Fax: (770) 200-9230
                  E-mail: Chris@boyerterry.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Anthony-Lynn Kirkland, Sr. as sole
member.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's nine unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/5USZOTI/Macon_Arts_Center_LLC_a_Georgia__gambke-25-50167__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


MASTER FLOW: Selling Natchitoches Property to J. Bernard Realty
---------------------------------------------------------------
Master Flow Technologies LLC and White Properties & Development LLC
seek approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Louisiana, Alexandria Division, to sell real property
located at 936 Highway 504, Natchitoches, Louisiana, in a private
sale.

The Debtors receive an offer from John Bernard Realty to purchase
the property for the price of $85,000, which it believes is fair in
light of the real estate market in the relevant area, and enter
into a Purchase and Sale Agreement.

The lienholder of the Property are BOM Bank and Any Future Holder.


The sale agreement indicates that the property is being sold on an
"as is" basis, with waiver of redhibition, all appliances are to
remain with the property, no deposit is made, no break-up fee, not
conditioned upon appraisal, any title related contingencies, and
approval from the Bankruptcy Court.

The Debtors seek to liquidate the property so that it may justly
and equitably compensate its creditors. The Debtors say that the
assets are a significant part of its estate, and the sale will help
expedite payment to the holders of allowed claims.

The Debtors further request that any outstanding real estate taxes
owed and outstanding on the property as of the closing date be paid
by the closing notary at closing from the sale proceeds, with
Purchaser to be responsible for real estate taxes accruing on or
after the closing date.

                     About Master Flow Technologies LLC

Master Flow Technologies, LLC f/k/a MFT Resources, LLC, filed a
Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition (Bankr. W.D. La. Case No. 24-80523)
on August 27, 2024.

Judge Stephen D Wheelis presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Thomas R. Willson, Esq.


MASTER FLOW: To Sell 173 Sorgee Road Property to Detris Crane
-------------------------------------------------------------
Master Flow Technologies LLC and White Properties & Development LLC
seek approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western
District of Louisiana, Alexandria Division, to sell its property
located at 173 Sorgee Road, Natchitoches, Louisiana, through
private sale.

The Debtors receive an offer from Detris Crane to purchase the
property for $120,000, which it believes is fair in light of the
real estate market in the relevant area, and enter into a Purchase
and Sale Agreement.

The Debtors believe the property should be sold at private sale due
to the limited real estate market for the property and does not
believe there is a necessity for a public auction.

The lienholders of the Property are BOM Bank and Any Future
Holder.

The property is being sold on an "as is" basis, with waiver of
redhibition, all appliances are to remain with the property, no
deposit is made, no break-up fee, conditioned upon appraisal, but,
it is contingent on obtaining credit or assumption of current
mortgages in existence, and any title related contingencies.

The Debtors also request that any outstanding real estate taxes
owed and outstanding on the property as of the closing date be paid
by the closing notary at closing from the sale proceeds, with
Purchaser to be responsible for real estate taxes accruing on or
after the closing date.

                           About Master Flow Technologies LLC

Master Flow Technologies, LLC f/k/a MFT Resources, LLC, filed a
Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition (Bankr. W.D. La. Case No. 24-80523)
on August 27, 2024.

Judge Stephen D. Wheelis presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Thomas R. Willson, Esq. as its legal
counsel.


MID-ATLANTIC RHEUMATOLOGY: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Maryland
------------------------------------------------------------------
On January 31, 2025, Mid-Atlantic Rheumatology LLC filed Chapter
11 protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of
Maryland.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports $2,733,985 in
debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition states funds will be
available to unsecured creditors.

           About Mid-Atlantic Rheumatology LLC

Mid-Atlantic Rheumatology LLC is a medical group practice located
in Millersville, MD that specializes in internal medicine and
rheumatology.

Mid-Atlantic Rheumatology LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Md. Case No. 25-10845) on January
31, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$679,494 and total liabilities of $2,733,985.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge David E. Rice handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Daniel Staeven, Esq.
     FROST LAW
     839 Bestgate Rd. Suite 400
     Annapolis MD 21401
     Email: daniel.staeven@frosttaxlaw.com


MJD ENGINEERING: Case Summary & Eight Unsecured Creditors
---------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: MJD Engineering Inc.
        11631 Oak Ridge Trail
        Marysville, CA 95901

Business Description: The Debtor is engaged in the construction of
                      utility systems.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 3, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Eastern District of California

Case No.: 25-20487

Judge: Hon. Fredrick E Clement

Debtor's Counsel: Michael Jay Berger, Esq.
                  LAW OFFICES OF MICHAEL JAY BERGER
                  9454 Wilshire Boulevard, 6th Floor
                  Beverly Hills, CA 90212
                  Tel: (310) 271-6223
                  Fax: (310) 271-9805
                  E-mail: michal.berger@bankruptcypower.com

Estimated Assets: $500,000 to $1 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by Mario De Souza Sr. as president.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's eight unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LBJ77YY/MJD_Engineering_Inc__caebke-25-20487__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


MJM LANDSCAPE: Seeks Cash Collateral Access
-------------------------------------------
MJM Landscape Associates, Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Arizona for authority to use cash collateral from
Jan. 27 to April 30.

The company requires the use of cash collateral to pay expenses
including expenses, raw material purchases, tariff/import fees,
goods, supplies, manager/insider salary, utilities, insurance
obligations, lease obligations.

MJM obtained three merchant cash advance loans within the last two
years: Square Funding, LLC, Byzfunder of NY LLC, and Fox Funding.
The payment terms of each MCA loan have debilitated  the company's
cash flow and overall operational ability. Upon default, some of
these lenders have made direct contact to the company's customers
and asserted lien interest in receivables. Bankruptcy relief was
both necessary and unavoidable.

The company's total secured and unsecured debt is approximately
$1.5 million.

MJM asserts that there is an equity in most all of the vehicle
loans and does not propose to pay adequate protection at this time.
The company also asserts that its vehicles are all insured.

                About MJM Landscape Associates Inc.

MJM Landscape Associates, Inc. is a licensed contractor, focused on
outdoor landscape design, development and construction.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 4:25-bk-00663) on January
27, 2025. In the petition signed by Sandy Murany, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $1 million in assets and up to $10 million
in liabilities.

Charles Richard Hyde, Esq., at the Law Offices of C.R. Hyde, PLC,
represents the Debtor as legal counsel.



MMV F&B: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Texas
---------------------------------------------
On January 31, 2025, MMV F&B II LLC filed Chapter 11 protection in
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Texas.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million
and $10 million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

           About MMV F&B II LLC

MMV F&B II LLC, d/b/a Curry Up Now (Grandscape), operates in the
restaurant industry specializing in Indian cuisine.

MMV F&B II LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-40260) on January
31, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq.
     ATTORNEY AT LAW & MEDIATOR
     12900 Preston Rd.
     Dallas TX 75230
     Tel: (972) 503-4033
     E-mail: joyce@joycelindauer.com


MORVATT ENTERPRISES: Matt Golden Appointed as Chapter 11 Trustee
----------------------------------------------------------------
Paul Randolph, the Acting U.S. Trustee for Region 8, appointed Matt
Golden as Chapter 11 trustee for Morvatt Enterprises, LLC.

The appointment was made pursuant to the order from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Western District of Kentucky on August 20,
2024, and the resignation of the current trustee.

To the best of the U.S. Trustee's knowledge, Mr. Golden's
connections with Morvatt, creditors, and other parties-in-interest
are limited to the connections set forth in Mr. Golden's verified
statement.

The Chapter 11 trustee can be reached at:

     Matt Golden
     3809 Popular Lavel Road
     Louisville Kentucky 40213
     Email: matt@mattgoldenlaw.com

                     About Morvatt Enterprises

Morvatt Enterprises, LLC, a company in Henderson, Ky., filed a
Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. W.D. Ky. Case No. 23-40488) on Aug. 22,
2023, with up to $50,000 in assets and $1 million to $10 million in
liabilities. Charles H. Morris, Jr., owner and sole member, signed
the petition.

Judge Charles R. Merrill oversees the case.

Sandra D. Freeburger, Esq., at Deitz Shields & Freeburger, LLP, is
the Debtor's legal counsel.


MPH ACQUISITION: Moody's Alters Outlook on 'Caa1' CFR to Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed MPH Acquisition Holdings LLC's
("MultiPlan") Caa1 Corporate Family Rating and downgraded the
Probability of Default Rating to D-PD from Caa1-PD as Moody's
considered the recently completed debt exchanges to be a distressed
exchange. In a few business days, Moody's will upgrade MultiPlan's
PDR to Caa1-PD, consistent with the probability of default
expectation embedded in the Caa1 CFR. Moody's also assigned B2
ratings to the new first-out backed senior secured first lien
revolving credit facility expiring 2029 and first-out backed senior
secured first lien term loan due 2030, Caa1 ratings to the new
second-out backed senior secured first lien term loan due 2030,
second-out backed senior secured first lien notes (Tranches A and
B) due 2030, and a Caa3 rating to the new third-out backed senior
secured first lien notes due 2031. Concurrently, Moody's downgraded
the rating on the non-exchanged senior secured notes due 2028 to
Caa3 from B2, and rating on the non-exchanged senior unsecured
notes due 2028 to Caa3 from Caa2. The rating on the senior secured
first lien term loan B due 2028 will be withdrawn at the close of
the exchange transaction as it will no longer be outstanding. The
company's Speculative Grade Liquidity ("SGL") Rating was revised to
SGL-3 from SGL-1. The ratings outlook was also revised to stable
from negative.

The rating actions follow MultiPlan's recently completed exchange
transactions where the company exchanged nearly all of its existing
term loan and notes maturing 2027-2028 for new term loans and notes
maturing 2030-2031. Under the exchanges, the senior secured first
lien term loan due 2028 was exchanged for new first-out first lien
term loans due 2030 (11% of total) and new second-out first lien
term loans due 2030 (89% of total). Holders of the 5.5% senior
secured first lien notes due 2028 received new first-out first lien
term loans due 2030 (18% of new total), new second-out senior
secured first lien notes tranche A maturing 2030 (28% of total) and
new second-out senior secured first lien notes tranche B maturing
2030 (54% of total). Holders of the 5.75% unsecured notes due 2028
and PIK toggle convertible notes due 2027 were exchanged for new
second-out senior secured first lien notes tranche A due 2030 (14%
of total), new second-out senior secured first lien notes tranche B
due 2030 (9% of total), and new third-out senior secured first lien
notes due 2031 (77% of total). 99.6% of the term loan and notes
were tendered in the exchange.

The affirmation of the Caa1 CFR reflects Moody's expectation that
MultiPlan's financial leverage will remain elevated at
approximately 8.0x over the next 12 to 18 months with minimal
near-term EBITDA growth offset by additional debt tied to PIK
interest. Moody's also expect the company to maintain adequate
liquidity. Moody's expect free cash flow near breakeven levels,
over the near to medium term, reflecting additional cash interest
expense following the debt exchanges and elevated levels of
investment in the business to support growth. Moody's continue to
believe ongoing litigation with numerous health systems could weigh
on business prospects going forward.

The revision of the outlook from negative to stable reflects the
extension of all debt maturities to 2029-2031 which gives the
company time to focus on ramping new product offerings and other
initiatives to drive revenue and EBITDA growth.

RATINGS RATIONALE

MultiPlan's Caa1 CFR reflects its elevated financial leverage and
very high customer concentration, with around half of its revenue
from its largest three customers. Debt/EBITDA was approximately
8.0x at September 30, 2024 (and pro forma the debt exchanges) and
Moody's expect it to remain elevated in the 8.0x range over the
next 12-18 months. MultiPlan's rating is supported by the company's
solid market position in the healthcare cost management industry
and robust operating margins. The company also benefits from high
barriers to entry in the preferred provider organization (PPO)
industry and switching costs for its data-driven analytics
business.

The Speculative Grade Liquidity Rating of SGL-3 reflects the
company's adequate liquidity, as Moody's expect MultiPlan will
generate near breakeven free cash flow over the next 12 to 18
months. Liquidity is supported by a $350 million revolving credit
facility expiring in 2029, with approximately $220 million of
availability pro forma the debt exchanges, and Moody's estimate
minimal cash balance. There are no material near-term debt
maturities.

The B2 ratings assigned to the first-out senior secured first lien
revolving credit facility and term loan reflect their senior
position in the capital structure, such that these lenders would be
repaid in full before any distributions to the other secured
lenders. The Caa1 ratings assigned to the new second-out senior
secured first lien term loan and notes are two notches lower than
the B2 on the first-out first lien debt, and in line with the Caa1
CFR. This reflects the instruments' effective subordination to the
new-first out first lien debt and the loss absorption provided by
junior debt. The Caa3 ratings assigned to the new third-out senior
secured first lien notes is two notches below the CFR. This
reflects the effective subordination of the third out debt to all
of the more senior secured debt. The Caa3 ratings on the
non-exchanged debt reflects their subordinated rankings to all
exchanged debt tranches in the payment waterfall.

The outlook is stable. Moody's expect Multiplan's leverage to
remain elevated as the company focuses on new product offerings and
other initiatives to drive revenue and EBITDA growth.

A comprehensive review of all credit ratings for the respective
issuer has been conducted during a rating committee.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

MultiPlan's CIS-5 indicates that the rating is lower than it would
have been if ESG risk exposures did not exist and that the negative
impact is more pronounced than for issuers scored CIS-4. MultiPlan
has exposure to both social (S-4) and governance risk
considerations (G-5). As a cost containment company with
significant revenue generated from the repricing of out of network
medical bills, MultiPlan is at risk of a change in legislation that
could impact the way medical bills are repriced. Furthermore,
MultiPlan has aggressive financial policies evidenced by its high
financial leverage that has limited the company's financial
flexibility as well as the completion of a debt exchange
transaction that Moody's viewed as a distressed exchange.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if MultiPlan demonstrates a track
record of consistent EBITDA growth and profitability as well as
good liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if leverage continues to rise
and/or liquidity weakens. The ratings could be downgraded if
Moody's see increased likelihood of another transaction that
Moody's would deem a distressed exchange or default.

MultiPlan operates in the healthcare benefits field as a provider
of healthcare cost management solutions. Through its Network-Based
Services (20% of revenue YTD 9/30/2024), MultiPlan is one of the
largest independent PPOs, providing networks of contracted
healthcare providers for health plans to use. MultiPlan operates
two other segments: Analytics-Based Solutions (68%) - its largest
business - and Payment and Revenue Integrity Services (12%).
MultiPlan uses data and technology to determine a fair price for
out of network claims and identify improper and unnecessary charges
before or after claims are paid. Approximately 90% of the company's
revenues are generated as a percentage of savings realized by their
payor customers. MultiPlan is a public company and its largest
shareholder is Hellman & Friedman. The company generated $943
million in revenue over the twelve months ending September 30,
2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


MYNARIC AG: Plans to File Chapter 11 Bankruptcy
-----------------------------------------------
Chris Forrester of Advanced Television reports that Mynaric AG, a
German satellite equipment manufacturer, is expected to file for
bankruptcy protection in the next few days. Based in Munich, the
company specializes in laser communication systems for space and
counts Northrop Grumman, Rocket Lab, and York Space among its
clients.

Under Germany's Corporate Stabilisation & Restructuring Act
(StarRUG), businesses can apply for protection during financial
challenges.

As of the end of January 2025, Mynaric had EUR 8.4 million in cash
but has no other financing options available. The company also
revised its 2024 revenue forecast from EUR 60 million to just EUR
14.1 million.

Mynaric has secured a one-week extension from its lenders and has
received three bridging loans totaling EUR 21.5 million, which
expire on February 7, 2025. The company is currently in
negotiations for a fourth loan, which could support its
restructuring efforts.

                    About Mynaric AG

Mynaric AG is based in Munich and specializes in laser
communication systems for space and counts Northrop Grumman, Rocket
Lab, and York Space among its clients.


N&H SADDLEBRED: Court OKs Woodschurch Property Sale for $415,000
----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of New Jersey has
approved N&H Saddlebred Holdings LLC, to sell its real property
located at 119 West Woodschurch Road, Readington Township, New
Jersey.

The Court authorized the Debtor to use the proceeds of the sale to
satisfy the liens on the real property.

The Debtor is ordered to pay the closing costs and the property
taxes due and owing to the Township of Readington shall be paid at
the time of closing without further order by this Court.

The Court held that the sum of $415,000.00 shall be reserved by the
Purchaser from the net proceeds of the sale.

The Debtor also determined that the net proceeds of the Sale, after
payment of closing costs and property taxes and the reservation by
the Purchaser, shall be held by the Debtor's attorney in his
Attorney Trust Account.

                  About N&H Saddlebred Holdings LLC

N&H Saddlebred Holdings LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief
under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D.N.J. Case No.
23-21332) on Dec. 6, 2023, listing up to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge John K. Sherwood presides over the case.

Herbert K. Ryder, Esq., at the Law Offices of Herbert K. Ryder LLC
represents the Debtor as counsel.


NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA: S&P Rates Preferred Share Issuances 'BB+'
------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'BB+' issue rating to National Bank
of Canada's (NBC; A+/Stable/A-1) two nonviable contingent capital
(NVCC) first preferred share issuances. S&P rates NVCC preferred
shares four notches below the stand-alone credit profile (SACP) of
a bank. NBC's SACP is 'a-'. The rating on the preferred shares
reflects two notches for deferral and coupon nonpayment, and one
each for subordination and risk of equity conversion.

Following the closing of the acquisition of Canadian Western Bank
(CWB) by NBC on Feb. 3, 2025, CWB intends to implement, effective
Feb. 4, 2025, certain amendments previously approved by the holders
of the outstanding CWB first preferred shares series 5 and series 9
(NVCC). NBC will exchange CWB's preferred shares for substantially
equivalent NBC first preferred shares. NBC and CWB intend to
amalgamate on March 1, 2025.

S&P said, "We believe NBC is well positioned in a weaker credit
environment due to its strong underwriting standards and balance
sheet. We expect modest deterioration in credit quality metrics in
2025 before lower interest rates work through the economy and
provide relief to borrowers.

"We view NBC's capital and earnings assessment to be adequate. We
expect the bank will maintain its strong profitability supported by
the diversity of its businesses, and funding and liquidity metrics
to remain similar to those of larger Canadian peers. Uncertainty
around domestic policy, immigration, and trade tariffs pose some
risk to our base case."

The stable outlook reflects S&P's expectations that over the
two-year outlook horizon, NBC will sustain:

-- Strong operating results helped by good cost discipline;

-- Conservative underwriting standards;

-- Capital that is neutral to the ratings; and

-- Funding and liquidity metrics in line with those of peers.

The outlook also reflects S&P's expectation the bank will
successfully amalgamate and complete the systems conversion.



NESCO HOLDING: Moody's Affirms 'B2' CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
---------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed the ratings of Nesco Holdings II, Inc.
(CTOS), the borrowing entity for Custom Truck One Source, Inc.
(NYSE: CTOS), including the company's B2 corporate family rating,
B2-PD probability of default rating, and B3 senior secured second
lien debt rating. The company's speculative grade liquidity rating
(SGL) is unchanged at SGL-3. The outlook is maintained at stable.

The affirmation reflects Moody's expectation that CTOS'
profitability will improve. Improvement will be driven by a return
to growth in the company's utility end market segment, which is
rebounding after experiencing weak demand and revenue declines
throughout the first half of 2024. Moody's also anticipate margin
will improve as equipment utilization rates rise and inventory will
decline and benefit cash flow. Increased profitability will result
in a decline in debt-to-EBITDA to below 4.5 times by the end of
2025.

RATINGS RATIONALE

CTOS' ratings reflect its position as one of the leading North
American providers of specialty rental equipment to the
transmission and distribution (T&D), rail, telecom and
infrastructure sectors. The company benefits from high equipment
utilization rates in the rental business and favorable long-term
demand for customers in its end markets. This is driven by
maintenance and upgrade needs in the electric utility T&D, rail,
telecom and infrastructure segments. CTOS also has a competitive
advantage provided by its "one-stop-shop" platform that offers
rentals, new and used sales and parts and servicing on a national
scale.

However, CTOS has moderate scale and had significant negative free
cash flow for the LTM period ended September 30, 2024, which
resulted from fleet growth investment. The company also has modest
profit margin that has been declining over the last few years. In
addition, CTOS had high debt-to-LTM EBITDA of 4.9 times at
September 30, 2024. Despite being publicly traded on the NYSE, CTOS
is majority owned by its private equity sponsor Platinum Equity and
there is potential for an increasingly aggressive financial policy.
Acquisitions are also anticipated to grow market share in a
fragmented industry.

CTOS' liquidity is adequate, as reflected in the company's SGL-3
speculative grade liquidity rating. Liquidity is supported by $319
million of availability under a $950 million ABL due 2029. CTOS is
expected to operate with limited cash. As a result, the company
will need to generate positive free cash flow to fund its
operations and capital investment or increase its reliance on the
ABL.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that CTOS' topline
will grow and profit will improve such that debt-to-EBITDA will
decline below 4.5 times over the next 12-18 months.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be downgraded if there is a large decline in
equipment utilization rates. Debt-to-EBITDA expected to remain
above 5.5 times, FFO-to-debt sustained below 12%, or EBITA margin
sustained below 9% could also lead to a downgrade. The ratings
could also be downgraded with deteriorating liquidity.

The ratings could be upgraded if CTOS improves liquidity and
reduces reliance on the ABL. Quantitatively, debt-to-EBITDA
expected to remain below 4.0 times, FFO-to-debt sustained above
20%, and EBITA margin sustained above 12.5% could support a ratings
upgrade.

Nesco Holdings II, Inc. is the borrowing entity for Custom Truck
One Source, Inc, formerly known as Nesco Holdings, Inc. CTOS rents
and sells new and used specialty rental equipment including bucket
trucks, digger derricks, dump trucks, cranes, service trucks, and
heavy-haul trailers. Customers include electric utilities,
telecoms, railroads and related contractors for maintenance,
repair, upgrade and installation work of electric lines,
telecommunications networks and rail systems. The company reports
in three segments; Equipment Rental Solutions, Truck and Equipment
Sales and Aftermarket Parts and Services. CTOS is majority owned
and controlled by private equity firm Platinum Equity.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Equipment and
Transportation Rental published in December 2024.

A comprehensive review of all credit ratings for the respective
issuer(s) has been conducted during a rating committee.


NEW YORK'S PREMIER: Gets Extension to Access Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------------------
New York's Premier Group, LLC received third interim approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York to
use its secured creditors' cash collateral.

The interim order approved the use of cash collateral to pay
employee wages and other expenses for the period from Jan. 18 to
Feb. 21. The projected expenses for the period total $250,064.

To protect secured creditors, the company will make a monthly
payment of $1,000 to Torro, LLC, Bluevine, Inc., Channel Partners
Capital, LLC, Insta Funding, LLC, Main Street Merchant Services,
Inc., Capytal.com, and Quid Holdings.

The creditors will also be granted replacement liens on the
company's post-petition assets to the same extent and with the sane
priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

The next hearing is set for Feb. 19.

Insta Funding can be reached through its counsel:

     Shanna M. Kaminski, Esq.
     Kaminski Law, PLLC
     88 Pine Street, Ste. 2430
     New York, NY 10005
     (248) 462-7111
     skaminski@kaminskilawpllc.com

Main Street can be reached through its counsel:

     Alan C. Hochheiser, Esq.
     Maurice Wutscher, LLP
     23611 Chagrin Blvd. Suite 207
     Beachwood, OH 44122
     Telephone: (216) 220-1129
     Facsimile: (216) 472-8510
     ahochheiser@mauricewutscher.com

                     About New York's Premier Group

New York's Premier Group, LLC is a local contractor in Clifton
Park, offering roofing, siding, and window services.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. N.Y. Case No. 24-11304) on November
25, 2024, with $991,455 in assets and $1,986,430 in liabilities.
Johnathan Vincent, managing member, signed the petition.

Judge Robert E. Littlefield, Jr. oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Michael Leo Boyle
   Boyle Legal, LLC
   Tel: 518-407-3121
   Email: mike@boylebankruptcy.com


NOMADE VILLA: Voluntary Chapter 11 Case Summary
-----------------------------------------------
Debtor: Nomade Villa Collection LLC
        3111 SW 22nd Avenue
        Miami FL 33133

Business Description: Nomade Villa Collection specializes in
                      offering high-end luxury vacation rentals in
                      Miami Beach, Brickell, and Downtown Miami,
                      leveraging extensive experience in the South
                      Florida real estate market.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Southern District of Florida

Case No.: 25-11231

Judge: Hon. Corali Lopez-Castro

Debtor's Counsel: Celi S. Aguilar, Esq.
                  CSA LAW FIRM
                  1200 Brickell Avenue, Suite 800
                  Miami, FL 33131
                  Tel: (786) 489-3650
                  Email: aguilar@thecsalawfirm.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $1 million to $10 million

The petition was signed by James Kolka as president.

The Debtor failed to include a list of its 20 largest unsecured
creditors in the petition.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/O5SMGDY/Nomade_Villa_Collection_LLC__flsbke-25-11231__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


OCEANKEY (US) II: Moody's Rates New Incremental First Lien Loan B2
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a B2 rating to Oceankey (US) II Corp.'s
(Mediaocean) proposed incremental senior secured first lien term
loan due December 2028, which will rank pari passu to the company's
existing first lien debt.  Proceeds from the proposed debt will be
used to fund the acquisition of Innovid.  Mediaocean's B2 corporate
family rating and the B2 ratings on the company's other first lien
debt are not affected by the new issuance. The outlook remains
negative.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The B2 CFR reflects Mediaocean's high pro forma debt leverage,
relatively small revenue base, customer concentration among top
advertising agencies and an acquisitive growth strategy. The
company's narrow focus on software solutions for the advertising
industry exposes it to the cyclical advertising market, which has
been vulnerable to economic downturns. In addition, rapidly
evolving privacy regulations and changes being implemented by
walled gardens (Google, Amazon, Facebook, Apple) can present both
risks and opportunities for Mediaocean, given the company's
increased focus on digital advertising. Mediaocean's most recent
acquisitions of 4C, Flashtalking, and now Innovid strengthen the
company's positioning in the advertising industry that is
undergoing structural shifts given the increasing role of tech
firms and data-driven solutions in the market.

Mediaocean benefits from a leading presence within its targeted
market and a subscription centric sales model that provides a high
degree of predictability given multiyear contracts and
long-standing relationships with the advertising agencies.
Mediaocean management's strong track record of integrating acquired
businesses and cross-selling solutions to existing customers also
supports its credit profile.

The negative outlook reflects elevated leverage and delayed
improvement in free cash flow (FCF) generation following the
Innovid acquisition. It also considers uncertainty around expected
operating performance of the combined entity, timing of synergy
realization, and impact of the newly implemented Certified Service
Partner (CSP) program. This transaction brings Moody's adjusted pro
forma leverage to the low-to-mid 9x range (excluding expected
synergies) from the high 7x range in the September 2024 LTM period.
Although Moody's believe the company can delever toward the mid 5x
range and improve FCF/Debt toward 5% in the next two years,
execution risk around acquisition integration and growth can
challenge these assumptions.

Moody's expect that Mediaocean will maintain good liquidity over
the next 12-18 months. As of September 2024, the company's sources
of liquidity consist of $92 million in cash and a $75 million
undrawn revolver. Moody's expect Mediaocean to remain FCF positive
in the next 12-18 months, with FCF/debt in the low to mid-single
digit percent range.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATING

Ratings could be upgraded if Mediaocean's scale is increased
substantially by generating consistent organic revenue and EBITDA
growth such that adjusted leverage is expected to be sustained
below 4x. The company would also have to demonstrate conservative
financial policies.

The ratings could be downgraded if leverage were expected to be
maintained above 6.5x on other than a temporary basis, free cash
flow to debt were to fall below 5%, or if revenue declines.

Headquartered in New York, New York, Mediaocean is a global,
market-leading provider of financial and operational software
solutions for the advertising industry, enabling agencies and
brands to manage and coordinate the entire advertising workflow.
The company is owned by private equity firms CVC Capital Partners
and TA Associates. Mediaocean generates under $400 million in
annual revenues, although above $500 million pro forma for the
Innovid transaction.

The principal methodology used in this rating was Software
published in June 2022.


ORANGE TUMBLER: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral Until March 14
-----------------------------------------------------------
Orange Tumbler, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
District of Maine for authority to use cash collateral until March
14.

The Debtor requires the use of cash collateral for working capital
and other general corporate purposes.

Bangor Savings Bank asserts an interest in the collateral. The
Debtor owes Bangor a principal loan balance of approximately
$115,000. The Bangor obligations are secured by property located at
82 Whitney Street in Auburn, Maine, that has recently been
appraised and is under contract for $425,000.

Bangor is substantially oversecured and adequately protected. The
principal owed on their debt is approximately $115,000. Even if
they were owed $145,000, they would still have an equity cushion of
over $275,000. Bangor's equity cushion is over 65% of the value of
the property. In addition, the budget shows adequate cash flow to
pay Bangor's monthly mortgage payment of $826.97.

                   About Orange Tumbler LLC

Orange Tumbler, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Maine Case No. 24-20254) on December 6,
2024. In the petition signed by Ricky Drew, manager, the Debtor
disclosed up to $500,000 in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Michael E. Fagone oversees the case.

Michael P. Boyd, Esq. represents the Debtor as legal counsel.

Bangor Savings Bank, as lender, is represented by:

     Jeremy R. Fischer, Esq.
     Drummond Woodsum
     84 Marginal Way, Suite 600
     Portland, Maine 04101-2480
     Telephone: (207) 772-1941
     Email: jfischer@dwmlaw.com


OUTBRAIN INC: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
--------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issuer credit rating to
advertising technology provider Outbrain Inc. based on its pro
forma S&P Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage of about 4.6x.

S&P said, "At the same time, we assigned our 'BB-' issue-level
rating and '2' recovery rating to the company's proposed $625
million senior secured notes due 2030. The '2' recovery rating
indicates our expectation for substantial (70%-90%; rounded
estimate: 75%) recovery in the event of a default.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Outbrain's S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage will decline to about 4.0x
in 2025, from a pro forma level of about 4.6x in 2024, as it
benefits from the ongoing shift toward digital marketing solutions
(and away from traditional media offerings) and the realization of
cost synergies from its combination with Teads."

Outbrain Inc. is planning to issue $625 million of senior secured
notes due 2030, which it will use to partially fund its acquisition
of Teads Inc. The company has agreed to acquire Teads for about
$888 billion, which will comprise $625 million of cash and 43.75
million shares of Outbrain's common stock.

S&P said, "Our rating reflects Outbrain participation in the highly
competitive and fragmented digital advertising industry, relatively
small scale and market share, exposure to cyclical advertising
revenue, and pro forma S&P Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage
of about 4.6x." These factors are somewhat offset by the company's
broad geographic and good customer diversity among industry
verticals and healthy free operating cash flow (FOCF) generation.

Outbrain operates in the highly competitive and fragmented digital
advertising industry. The barriers to entry in the company's
industry, which is largely dominated by the tech giants Alphabet
and Meta, are low. S&P said, "The combined business also has
relatively small scale and market share (we estimate in the
low-single-digit percent area) and is substantially exposed to
cyclical advertising revenue. While Outbrain has exclusive
agreements with its media partners, those agreements are limited to
specific areas on the partner's webpage (Outbrain at the bottom,
Teads in the middle) such that its media partners can still sell
advertising space through its competitors or on their own. However,
we expect the company will benefit from favorable industry
tailwinds as consumers and advertisers continue to shift toward
digital alternatives from traditional media. Outbrain also benefits
from its broad geographic diversity, good customer diversity among
industry verticals, and high customer retention rates (above
98%)."

S&P said, "We view the acquisition of Teads as highly complementary
to Outbrain's business. The acquisition will improve the company's
ability to address the entire marketing funnel, which will provide
it with cross-selling opportunities to offer branding solutions to
its existing clients and performance-based services to Teads'
enterprise clients. The acquisition will also expand Outbrain's
geographic reach and increases its exposure to the growing
connected-TV (CTV) market. In addition, the company has identified
$65 million-$75 million of cost synergies that it plans to realize
over the two years following the close of the acquisition,
including through headcount reductions, the elimination of
duplicative marketing and professional services, the
rationalization of its real estate footprint, and improved network
optimization.

"We expect the realization of these synergies, along with Teads'
materially higher margin profile, will improve Outbrain's EBITDA
margin to about 10% in 2025 and 13% in 2026 from about 2% in 2024.
Teads' stand-alone EBITDA margins are higher than Outbrain's
margins given the higher pricing of Teads' premium advertising
inventory. Outbrain has also historically maintained low EBITDA
margins due to the minimum guaranteed payments it makes to its
media partners.

"We believe the company's leverage could approach 4x over the next
12 months. We expect Outbrain's pro forma S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted gross leverage will be about 4.6x as of the close
of the transaction before declining to about 4.0x by the end of
2025 and to about 3.0x in 2026. We expect the improvement in the
company's leverage over the next two years will primarily stem from
the expansion of its EBITDA growth (supported by industry
tailwinds, cross-selling opportunities, and cost synergies) rather
than voluntary debt repayment. However, we also recognize the
potential risks associated with Outbrain's deleveraging below 4x,
including the potential for delays in realizing its identified cost
synergies, integration challenges, and limited visibility into the
expected acceleration in its revenue growth in 2025, given the very
short lead times for digital advertising. We do not anticipate the
company will undertake further leveraging transactions over the
next couple of years because it will focus on integrating Teads. We
forecast Outbrain's FOCF to debt will be about 9% in 2025 before
improving to about 15% in 2026.

"The stable outlook reflects our expectation that Outbrain's S&P
Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage will decline to about 4.0x
in 2025, from a pro forma level of about 4.6x in 2024, as it
benefits from the ongoing shift to digital marketing solutions and
realizes cost synergies from its combination with Teads."

S&P could lower the rating on Outbrain if its S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted gross leverage increases above 5x or its FOCF to
debt declines below 5%. This could occur if:

-- Adverse economic conditions or intense industry competition
lead to significant increases in its customer churn, pricing
volatility, or cost pressures; or

-- The company pursues additional debt-financed acquisitions.

S&P could raise its rating on Outbrain if:

-- Its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted gross leverage declines below
4x on a sustained basis;

-- Its FOCF to debt increases above 10% on sustained basis; and

-- The company makes steady progress toward realizing the
identified cost synergies from its merger with Teads.



P2 OAKLAND: Seeks to Use Cash Collateral
----------------------------------------
P2 Oakland CA, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern
District of California, Oakland Division, for authority to use cash
collateral.

The company requires the use of cash collateral to pay expenses
involved in development, post-petition taxes, utilities, insurance
and maintenance on the rental property.

The approval of the company's use of cash collateral, both on an
interim and final basis, will enable the company to pay expenses
necessary to personal and business-related expenses.

The company has pledged the rental income as collateral on the
rental property. It will be setting up cash collateral accounts for
the subject property and the income for the property will be
allocated to the cash collateral account. It is anticipated that
all secured parties will consent to the use of the cash collateral
subject to the company's continued to pay all of the contractually
due payments and subject to the budget, with a 20% variance.

                        About P2 Oakland CA

P2 Oakland CA, LLC sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 24-41810) on November
14, 2024, with up to $10 million in both assets and liabilities.
Bruce Edward Loughridge, principal, signed the petition.

Judge William J. Lafferty oversees the case.

Kevin Tang, Esq., at Tang & Associates, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


PENN HILLS SD: Moody's Upgrades Issuer & GOLT Ratings to Ba1
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has upgraded Penn Hills School District, PA's
issuer and general obligation limited tax (GOLT) ratings to Ba1
from B1 and removed the positive outlook. At the end of fiscal
2023, the district had approximately $164.6 million in debt
outstanding.

The upgrade reflects the district's materially improved financial
position and trajectory following years of extraordinary federal
coronavirus aid, increased state support due to an improved funding
environment, property tax millage increases, and the implementation
of a formal fund balance policy.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The Ba1 issuer rating reflects the district's materially improved
financial position that will exhibit relative stability through
fiscal 2025 balanced against a weak enrollment and demographic
outlook. After five years in the commonwealth's Financial Recovery
program, the Pennsylvania Department of Education officially
undesignated the district in May of 2024, a program which led to
the adoption of a formal fund balance policy and long term
financial planning. Through fiscal 2023, reserves steadily grew to
$19 million or 19% of operating revenue from a deeply negative
position in years prior, and similar results are expected for
fiscal 2024 and 2025. While the pace of the district's reserve
growth can be attributed significantly to federal coronavirus aid,
growing state aid will partially compensate as that support
concludes. The district will benefit significantly from an improved
funding environment for school districts in the commonwealth but is
conservatively budgeting for limited revenue growth.

The district's improved financial planning and policies are
particularly important given steady population and enrollment
declines along with significant charter competition which could
accelerate enrollment losses and budgetary pressures.  While the
district does continue to face challenges related to below-average
full value per capita (property wealth) of $41,000 and household
income (85% of the national level), it has continued to slowly
increase its property tax millage. Moreover, leverage has moderated
to a more manageable 239% of operating revenue, and the district
does not have any significant borrowing plans.

The lack of distinction between the district's issuer rating and
the Ba1 rating on the district's GOLT debt is based on the
district's general obligation full faith and credit pledge.

RATING OUTLOOK

Moody's do not assign outlooks to local government credits with
this amount of debt outstanding.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OF THE RATINGS

-- Maintenance of reserves and liquidity above 15% of revenue

-- Continued moderation of enrollment loss (less than 2% annually,
on average)

-- Improved property wealth and household income

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO A DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

-- Return to structurally imbalanced financial operations leading
to draws on reserves and liquidity

-- Acceleration of trend of declining enrollment (greater than 2%
annually, on average)

-- Additional borrowing or pension liability growth that drives
leverage to over 300% of revenue

LEGAL SECURITY

All of the district's rated debt is backed by its full faith and
credit and taxing power, including ad valorem taxes subject to the
limitations of Pennsylvania's Act 1 Taxpayer Relief Act.

PROFILE

Penn Hills School District is located in Allegheny County (Aa3
stable) in southwestern Pennsylvania (Aa2 stable), approximately
nine miles west of downtown Pittsburgh (A1 positive). The
district's enrollment was 3,023 as of the 2023-2024 school year.

METHODOLOGY

The principal methodology used in these ratings was US K-12 Public
School Districts published in July 2024.


PENNYMAC FINANCIAL: S&P Rates New $650MM Sr. Unsecured Notes 'B+'
-----------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' issue rating and '3' recovery
rating to PennyMac Financial Services Inc.'s proposed $650 million
senior unsecured notes due 2033. The '3' recovery rating reflects
its expectation for meaningful (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 55%)
recovery in a simulated default scenario.

PennyMac Financial Services Inc. (PFSI; B+/Stable/--) intends to
use the net proceeds to repay its secured mortgage servicing rights
(MSRs) facilities, which had a combined outstanding balance of $2.0
billion as of Dec. 31, 2024. It will also use proceeds to
repurchase a portion of its senior unsecured notes due October 2025
(which had an outstanding balance of $650 million) and for other
general corporate purposes.

As of Dec. 31, 2024, the company's adjusted debt to
rolling-12-months EBITDA (based on S&P Global Ratings' calculation)
was 4.4x, down from 5.1x as of year-end 2023. The decline in
leverage resulted primarily from stronger earnings from servicing
portfolio growth and higher mortgage origination volume.

S&P said, "While we expect the higher for longer interest rate and
affordability challenges to weigh on PFSI's earnings growth in
2025, we view positively the company's balanced business model. As
of year-end 2024, the total unpaid principal balance of PFSI's
servicing portfolio increased to $666 billion from $607 billion a
year prior, which we expect to generate relatively stable cash flow
due to low prepayment rates. We also expect the company to realize
increased refinancing volume if interest rates decline and serviced
loans are prepaid, as evidenced by the elevated origination volume
in the third quarter of 2024.

"As of year-end 2024, the company's debt to tangible equity was
1.5x, on the higher end of our 1.0x-1.5x base-case expectation.

"The stable outlook indicates our expectation that over the next 12
months, PFSI's adjusted debt to EBITDA will remain 4.0x-5.0x, even
while an uncertain interest rate environment could delay the
recovery of residential mortgage originations. We also expect debt
to tangible equity to remain 1.0x-1.5x and PFSI to maintain
sufficient liquidity to meet operational needs."

Issue Ratings--Recovery Analysis

Key analytical factors

-- S&P simulated a default scenario for the company occurring in
2029, resulting from reduced origination volumes and rapid
prepayments of mortgages.

-- Eventually, the company's liquidity and capital resources could
become strained to the point where it can't continue to operate
without an equity infusion or bankruptcy filing.

-- S&P believes creditors would place the most value on the
company's MSRs.

-- S&P has therefore valued the company through a discrete asset
valuation of its MSRs.

Simulated default assumptions

-- High delinquency rates leading to depressed MSR valuations.

-- Sustained period of rapid amortization of MSRs with limited
ability to refinance the repayments.

-- Limited new originations, an increase in borrower
delinquencies, and a rise in the discount rate to value MSRs.

Simplified waterfall

-- Net enterprise value (after 5% administrative costs): $5.6
billion

-- Priority claims: $3.5 billion

-- Collateral value available to senior unsecured creditors: $2.1
billion

-- Senior unsecured debt: $3.8 billion

-- Recovery expectations: 50%-70% (rounded estimate: 55%)

Note: All debt amounts include six months of prepetition interest.



PETROQUEST ENERGY: Gets Court Approval for $20.6MM Oilfield Sale
----------------------------------------------------------------
Rick Archer of Law360 reports that on February 3, 2025, a Delaware
bankruptcy judge approved the $20.6 million sale of PetroQuest
Energy's East Texas oilfields, over two years after a failed sale
attempt resulted in a lawsuit that contributed to the company's
Chapter 11 bankruptcy.

                   About PetroQuest Energy

PetroQuest Energy Inc. is an oil and gas exploration company in
Lafayette, La.

PetroQuest Energy sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 24-12609) on November 13,
2024. In its petition, the Debtor reported assets between $100,000
and $500,000 and liabilities of $115.5 million.

Judge Craig T. Goldblatt presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by Patrick J. Reilley, Esq., at Cole
Schotz P.C.


PHOENIX EXTEND-A-SUITES: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Phoenix Extend-A-Suites, LLC asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Arizona for authority to use cash collateral and
provide adequate protection, in accordance with the budget, with a
15% variance.

Capital Fund I asserts a lien on the cash collateral.

On June 1, 2023, the company borrowed $5.2 million from Cap Fund
under a promissory note dated June 1, 2023. The company also
secured the Promissory Note with a Deed of Trust, Assignment of
Rents, Fixture Filing and Security Agreement dated May 31, 2023,
which was recorded with the Maricopa County Recorder's Office on
June 1, 2023 at Rec. Doc. No. 2023-0286440. Pursuant to the Deed of
Trust & Security Agreement, the company granted Cap Fund a blanket
security interest in its assets.

On October 15, 2024, Cap Fund exercised its rights under the Deed
of Trust and commenced a trustee sale of the company's hotel.

Another creditor Newco Capital Group, LLC also asserts a security
interest in the company's cash collateral which is junior to Cap
Fund.

Phoenix believes that the hotel's value is no less than $8 million
based on comparative sales. The Secured Creditors have a sufficient
equity cushion and are adequately protected.

Additionally, the company proposes to provide replacement liens to
the Secured Creditors. The Replacement Liens will be on the same
categories of assets as the pre-petition collateral and have the
same priority and validity as the pre-petition lien as to which it
relates, and will be capped at the value of such pre-petition
collateral in which Cap Fund (or NewCo) had as an unavoidable
perfected security interest as of the Petition Date.

A copy of the motion is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=voElE0
from PacerMonitor.com.

                About Phoenix Extend-A-Suites LLC

Phoenix Extend-A-Suites, LLC operates a 100 room hotel under the
Extend-A-Suites flag which is located at 17211 North Black Canyon
Highway, Phoenix, Arizona. The Debtor sought protection under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No.
2:25-bk-00688-BMW) on January 27, 2025. In the petition signed by
Jennifer Schubert, managing member, the Debtor disclosed up to $10
million in both assets and liabilities.

Judge Brenda Moody Whinery oversees the case.

Patrick Keery, Esq., at Keery McCue, PLLC, represents the Debtor as
legal counsel.


PHOENIX GUARANTOR: Moody's Affirms B1 CFR, Outlook Remains Stable
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Phoenix Guarantor Inc.'s ("PGI" dba
"BrightSpring") B1 corporate family rating, B1-PD probability of
default rating and B1 ratings on the company's senior secured first
lien revolving credit facility and senior secured first lien term
loan B.  There is no change to the company's SGL-1 speculative
grade liquidity rating ("SGL"). The outlook remains stable.

The ratings affirmation follows PGI's recent announcement that it
has entered into a definitive agreement to sell its community
living business, namely ResCare Community Living, to National
Mentor Holdings Inc. (dba Sevita). PGI intends to use the proceeds
from this sale, approximately $715 million after tax, transaction
fees and expenses, to repay a portion of its senior secured first
lien term loan B. Pro forma for the use of proceeds for debt
repayment and excluding EBITDA from community living business,
Moody's estimate that the transaction will have slight deleveraging
effect (-0.2 times). Moody's adjusted LTM debt/EBITDA was
approximately 5.6x at the end of September 30, 2024. Pro forma for
the divestiture, the debt/EBITDA will decline to 5.4 times. Moody's
expect the company to continue deleveraging in the next 12-18
months, primarily through EBITDA growth, bringing down its
debt/EBITDA close to mid-4.0 times range.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Phoenix Guarantor Inc.'s B1 CFR reflects its significant scale,
national footprint, diverse mix of businesses and strong market
position. The CFR also benefits from a strong and growing
underlying demand for home and community-based services for seniors
and people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. PGI
has an active M&A strategy, which Moody's expect will continue.
This M&A strategy carries risk, including IT integration risk,
though the company has demonstrated successful integration of prior
acquisitions thus far.

The company's CFR is constrained by moderately high financial
leverage and a heavy reliance on government payors. Moody's expect
PGI's debt/EBITDA to improve to the mid-4.0 times range over the
next 12-18 months, down from 5.6 times (5.4 time proforma for
community living business divestiture) at the end of September 30,
2024.

The outlook is stable. Moody's expect PGI to reduce its financial
leverage in the mid-4.0 times range in the next 12 to 18 months.
Moody's also expect PGI to maintain its very good liquidity.

PGI's good liquidity (SGL-1) reflects Moody's expectation that the
company's liquidity will remain very good over the next 12 to 18
months. PGI's liquidity will be supported by a cash balance of
nearly $36 million, positive free cash flow --partially driven by
lower interest expense, and full access to the $475 million
revolving credit facility.  The company's credit facilities do not
have any financial covenant (revolver springing covenant was
removed in February 2024 amendment to the credit agreement). The
company's assets are pledged as collateral for the secured credit
facility, thereby limiting the sale of assets as an alternative
source of liquidity.

For all rated debt obligations, the borrowing entity is Phoenix
Guarantor Inc. The borrowings are guaranteed by the parent company
– Phoenix Intermediate Holdings, Inc – and all wholly-owned US
restricted subsidiaries of Phoenix Guarantor Inc. The $475 million
first lien revolver expiring in June 2028 and the approximately
$2.6 billion first lien term loan B due in February 2031 are rated
B1, in-line with the B1 CFR. This reflects first-lien debt
representing the preponderance of debt in the capital structure.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if PGI exhibits strong organic growth
in both the pharmacy solutions and provider services businesses.
The ratings could be upgraded if the company demonstrates material
margin expansion and strong free cash flow generation.
Quantitatively, ratings could be upgraded if leverage were
sustained below 4.0 times.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's operating
performance deteriorates and margins contract. A shift to more
aggressive financial policies could result in a ratings downgrade.
The ratings could be downgraded if PGI experiences weakening
liquidity, including soft free cash flow generation.
Quantitatively, ratings could be downgraded if leverage were
sustained above 5.0 times for an extended period.

Phoenix Guarantor Inc., headquartered in Louisville, KY, is a
leading home and community-based healthcare services platform,
focused on delivering complementary pharmacy and provider services
to complex patient population with significant lifelong and chronic
health needs. The company's patient clientele primarily consists of
seniors in multiple care settings and people of all age groups with
intellectual/developmental disabilities.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


PHYSICIAN PARTNERS: Moody's Cuts CFR to 'Ca', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings downgraded the ratings of Physician Partners LLC's
(aka Better Health Group) including the Probability of Default
Rating to D-PD from Caa2-PD, Moody's will upgrade the PDR to
Caa3-PD in three business days. Moody's also downgraded the
Corporate Family Rating to Ca from Caa2, the backed senior secured
first lien credit facilities to C from Caa2. At the same time,
Moody's assigned a Ca rating to the new backed first-out super
priority senior secured first lien credit facilities, a C rating to
the new second-out and third-out backed senior secured first lien
super priority credit facilities. Better Health Group's outlook
remains stable.

The rating action follows a series of transactions including
restructuring of Better Health Group's senior secured credit
facilities. Moody's deem Better Health Group's transactions to be a
distressed exchange as the loans were exchanged at a price below
par, which is a default under Moody's definition.

The ratings downgrade reflects Moody's view that Better Health
Group's capital structure is unsustainable and that recovery rates
for much of the company's debt will be low. Moody's consider the
probability of a bankruptcy or major restructuring is high in the
next three to five years given the cushion the current cash balance
provides. The refinancing has increased the overall level of debt,
and while the maturities have been extended, Better Health Group
remains at risk of being unable to service its debt.

The company's ongoing decline in profitability due to an increase
in medical claims costs linked to higher utilization under the
capitated plans. Further, Moody's expect that operating performance
will continue to deteriorate given the continued phase-in of
reimbursement changes for Medicare Advantage. Better Health Group
has been working with payors to renegotiate contracts, but Moody's
expect that the company's leverage to increase significantly as the
company's earnings decline. Moody's forecasts Better Health Group
will have negative free cash flow over the next 12-24 months. As a
result, Better Health Group will need to draw on the revolver to
continue to fund its operations beyond the next two years.

Governance considerations are material to the rating action.
Financial policy and risk management have contributed to the
company's high financial leverage and ability to withstand the
sector's headwinds. Additionally, Moody's consider the
restructuring to be an aggressive move that has not resolved the
underlying issue that there is too much debt, and instead added
debt to the capital structure while maintaining loose financial
covenants that would allow for additional draws under the revolving
credit facility.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that the likelihood of a
default is high as the company's capital structure becomes
unsustainable with declining earnings and profitability as well as
negative free cashflow generation.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Better Health Group's Ca rating is constrained by deteriorating
operating performance and very high leverage. Moody's forecast that
leverage will increase in 2024 through 2026, due to higher medical
claims costs associated with the capitated plans and lower
reimbursement anticipated from the change in Medicare reimbursement
risk models from V24 to V28. Better Health Group has reduced is
expansion of new clinics in 2024 and is working with payors to
renegotiate contracts, but has Better Health Group has been unable
to decrease its costs sufficiently to prevent further erosion of
profit margins.

The company has moderate scale and geographic concentration in
Florida. Geographic density can be beneficial as it offers members
a strong network of physicians to meet their healthcare needs, but
it also adds to economic risks and increasing competition. An
inherent challenge within the company's business model is that it
requires the company to aggressively manage the cost of patient
care, because it earns revenue on a capitated basis from Medicare
Advantage plan providers.

Moody's anticipate that Better Health Group will maintain adequate
liquidity over the next 12 months. This is supported by an undrawn
$105 million committed first-out super priority revolving credit
facility less LCs, about $200 million of pro forma cash as of LTM
September 30, 2024. Moody's forecasts of Better Health Group will
have negative free cash flow over the next 12-24 months. As a
result, Better Health Group will continue to burn cash and will
need to draw on the revolver to continue to fund its operations.

Better Health Group's new $105 million first-out super priority
revolving credit facility has a springing maximum first-out super
priority net leverage covenant with step-downs over time, that
springs at 35% utilization on the revolver. The revolver is not
currently being used, and Moody's forecast that there will be
sufficient cushion as the covenant only pertains to the first-out
super priority liens. Alternate liquidity sources are limited as
the company's assets are encumbered by the first lien credit
facilities.

The Ca ratings on the first-out super priority secured credit
facilities ($105 million revolver, $282 million first-out super
priority term loan) reflects its priority position in the
waterfall. The C ratings on the remaining debt reflects Moody's
expectation of limited recovery. Additionally, the ratings
incorporate the increased risk of a default given the company
remains under distress with continued phase-in of the reimbursement
changes.

Better Health Group's CIS-5 score indicates that the rating is
lower than it would have been if ESG risk exposures did not exist
and that the negative impact is more pronounced than for issuers
scored CIS-4. Primary drivers of the CIS-5 include governance risks
(G-5), driven by the company's aggressive financial policies and
high financial leverage. The score also reflects exposure to social
risks (S-5), most notably, risks related to demographic and
societal trends such as the rising concerns around the access and
affordability of healthcare services. The company is also exposed
to labor pressures including wage inflation.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be upgraded if Better Health Group substantially
improves operating performance, profitability, and materially
reduces leverage to a more sustainable level. Better Health Group
will also need to demonstrate a track record of effectively
managing its cost structure and its aggressive growth strategy. An
improvement in liquidity could also lead to an upgrade.

The ratings could be downgraded if Better Health Group experiences
any additional operating setbacks that materially weaken earnings
or if liquidity further deteriorates. Further, rising likelihood of
debt impairment would also lead to a rating downgrade.

Better Health Group is a value-based primary care physician group
and managed service organization (MSO) network that services over
260,000 members, with over 1,200 providers and 148 owned centers.
Private equity firm, Kinderhook Industries, is an investor in
Better Health Group with LTM revenue as of September 30, 2024 of
approximately $1.4 billion.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


PPGE ALAMO: To Sell Quality Inn Hotel to Patel Capital for $3.6MM
-----------------------------------------------------------------
PPGE Alamo, LLC, seeks permission from the U.S. Bankruptcy Court
for the Western District of Texas, San Antonio Division, to sell
hotel property, free and clear of all interests.

The Debtor owns the Quality Inn hotel located at 1025 S. Frio St.
San Antonio, Texas 78207, its adjoining 3/4 acre of land, and all
the Quality Inn hotel's furnitures, fixtures, and equipment
(FF&E).

The Debtor entered into a purchase and sale agreement with Patel
Capital Groups, LLC for the Hotel, all FF&E, and the adjoining real
estate for $3.6 million. While the contract is for $3.6 million, it
effectively is for only $3.3 million because the agreement requires
$300,000 be paid to Buyer's broker.

Additionally, the Debtor's loan has an Small Business
administration (SBA) guarantee; hence, the SBA has an interest in
the real estate, and there is an SBA EIDL second lien against the
hotel's FF&E.

Two other potential purchaser for hotel, Relianse Ford LLC of 1600
Red Bud Blvd., McKinney, Texas 75069 executed a contract to
purchase the hotel and adjoining property for $3.5 million but
never escrowed the deposit, while Good Homes of 880 Third Avenue,
New York, NY, 10022 executed a contract to purchase the hotel and
adjoining property for $3.6 million but then cancelled the contract
during their diligence period.

The property is currently encumbered by several debts. The
following debts are listed in what Debtor believes is the correct
order of priority.

a. Bexar County filed a claim for current ad valorum taxes in the
amount of $94,130.01;

b. TaxCore Lending, LLC filed a secured claim for $392,637.15 for
prior ad valorum taxes;

c. Promise One Bank filed a secured claim for $3,277,972.49 for its
mortgage lien;

d. Regions Bank, d/b/a Ascentium filed a claim for $5489.77, which
was a purchase money security interest in the hotel’s phone
system secured by UCC filing Document Number 905602210001;

e. The Small Business Administration filed a secured claim for
$90,863.26 for an EIDL loan; and

f. Comptroller of Public Accounts filed a secured claim for
$43,261.90 and the City of San Antonio filed a secured claim for
$116,378.97 both for Hotel Occupancy Tax.

The Debtor proposes the sale of the Property be "free and clear" of
interests to the fullest extent. The Debtor also contends that the
sale is in the best interest of the estate and its creditors.

                  About PPGE Alamo, LLC

PPGE Alamo, LLC is a hotel operator in Sugarland, Texas.

PPGE Alamo, LLC filed its voluntary petition for relief under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No.
24-51143) on June 20, 2024, listing $4,054,391 in assets and
$4,480,906 in liabilities. The petition was signed by Zameer
Upadhya as manager.

Judge Craig A. Gargotta presides over the case.

Ronald Smeberg, Esq. at THE SMEBERG LAW FIRM represents the Debtor
as counsel.


PRAIRIE ACQUIROR: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Negative
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Prairie Acquiror LP's (Prairie) B1
Corporate Family Rating, B1-PD Probability of Default Rating, B3
backed senior secured term loan rating and B3 senior secured notes
rating. Moody's also affirmed Tallgrass Energy Partners, LP's (TEP)
B1 senior unsecured notes rating. At the same time Moody's affirmed
Rockies Express Pipeline LLC's (REX) Ba2 senior unsecured notes
rating and withdrew REX's Ba2 CFR and Ba2-PD PDR. The rating
outlook for Prairie, TEP and REX remains negative.

The withdrawal of REX's CFR stems from wholly-owned Prairie
subsidiary TEP's June 2024 buyout of the 25% interest in REX it
didn't already own from joint venture partner Phillips 66 Co.,
resulting in TEP owning 100% of the common membership interest in
REX. The transaction was funded via an $800 million preferred
equity issuance by REX to affiliates of Prairie's ownership group.
Moody's treat the preferred instrument as equity in Moody's
calculations of financial metrics, however Moody's consider the
economic impact of distributions and TEP's ability to redeem the
preferred at any time when assessing the credit profiles of REX and
TEP.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Prairie's B1 CFR is constrained by the company's high consolidated
financial leverage, including debt at subsidiaries TEP and REX.
Prairie benefits from its meaningful size, its predominantly
interstate pipeline asset base with cash flow from long-term firm
transportation contracts, and geographic and operational
diversification. Borrowing to fund the majority of its
approximately $1.7 billion Trailblazer CO2 conversion project is
expected to cause Prairie's leverage to exceed Moody's downgrade
threshold in 2025. The project will have significant uncontracted
capacity initially with the ample opportunity to grow its volumes
at attractive returns. Still, the very high leverage and the
project's execution risk leave little margin for delays, overruns
or underperformance. Prairie's financial sponsors include
Blackstone Infrastructure Partners, and the ratings incorporate
governance considerations including the sponsors aggressive
financial policies with respect to financial leverage.

REX's senior unsecured notes are rated Ba2, two notches better than
Prairie's B1 CFR, due to their structural advantage over the rest
of the debt in the Prairie family, with a structurally senior claim
to the REX pipeline, related assets and the benefits of its
long-term customer contracts. TEP's senior unsecured notes are
rated B1, which Moody's views as more appropriate than the rating
indicated by Moody's Loss Given Default Methodology model. Although
the TEP notes are structurally subordinated to its $1.5 billion
senior secured revolving credit facility (unrated), which has a
senior secured priority claim to TEP's assets, the notes are in a
structurally superior position within the capital structure and
have a priority claim to TEP's assets, including its equity
ownership in REX, compared to Prairie's $1.05 billion senior
secured term loan and $400 million senior secured notes. Given the
complexity of the capital structure, changes in the amount or mix
of secured and unsecured debt at REX or TEP could affect the REX
and TEP notes ratings.  

Prairie's term loan and notes are rated B3, two notches below the
CFR reflecting their structural subordination to TEP's and REX's
debt. The term loan and notes are secured by Prairie's equity
ownership interests in TEP and its General Partner and are the most
junior debt in the capital structure.

Moody's expect Prairie to maintain adequate liquidity through
mid-2026. TEP has a $1.5 billion senior secured revolving credit
facility that expires the earliest of May 31, 2028, November 27,
2026, if any of TEP's 6% senior notes due March 2027 remain
outstanding on that date or October 15, 2027, if any of TEP's 5.50%
senior notes due January 2028 remain outstanding on that date. The
revolver had $132 million outstanding as of September 30, 2024. REX
has a $170 million unsecured revolving credit facility that expires
in July 2028. At September 30, 2024 the REX revolver had $32
million drawn.

TEP's cash flow from operations will be sufficient to meet working
capital needs, maintenance capital spending, and debt servicing.
Moody's expect TEP to fund its substantial 2025 growth spending
largely with debt. Prairie's term loan has amortization of 1% per
annum and an excess cash flow sweep. The term loan also requires
the company to maintain a stand-alone Prairie debt service coverage
ratio in excess of 1.1x.

The TEP revolver contains three financial covenants including a
maximum debt/EBITDA of 5.5x, a senior secured leverage covenant of
3.5x, and a minimum EBITDA/interest of 2.5x (all covenants
determined at the TEP level, excluding Prairie and REX debt); the
Prairie term loan requires 1.1x debt service coverage, and; the REX
revolver has a debt/EBITDA covenant of 5x. Moody's expect all three
entities will maintain sufficient headroom for compliance with
these covenants. REX's May 2025 $400 million senior notes issue is
the only debt maturity within the complex coming due in 2025 or
2026. Moody's expect this maturity to be addressed in the normal
course.

The negative outlook reflects the increased debt and related
execution risks of Tallgrass' $1.7 billion project to convert a
portion of its Trailblazer natural gas pipeline to a CO2 pipeline
and build out supporting infrastructure for a carbon capture and
sequestration system.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

Ratings could be downgraded if Prairie's consolidated debt/EBITDA
is sustained above 7.5x and does not decline as projected following
the completion of the Trailblazer CO2 conversion project, the
project incurs material delays or cost overruns, or distribution
policy becomes more aggressive. Although unlikely in the near term,
an upgrade would be considered once consolidated debt/EBITDA is
maintained below 7x.

Prairie, through its ownership of TEP, provides crude oil
transportation, natural gas transportation and storage, processing
and water business services for customers in the Rocky Mountain,
Appalachian, Midwest, and West Coast regions of the United States.

The principal methodology used in rating Prairie Acquiror LP and
Tallgrass Energy Partners, LP was Midstream Energy published in
February 2022.


PREMIER DATACOM: Files Emergency Bid to Use Cash Collateral
-----------------------------------------------------------
Premier Datacom, Inc. asked the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the
Western District of Texas, Austin Division, for authority to use
cash collateral.

The company requires the use of cash collateral to fund working
capital, general corporate purposes, and administrative costs and
expenses of the company incurred in the chapter 11 cases.

Prior to the petition date, Premier Datacom, as borrower, and
BayFirst National Bank, formerly known as First Home Bank, as
lender entered into a loan agreement in order to fund the company's
operations. BayFirst asserts that it is owed a total of $104,753 as
of the petition date.

Also Prior to the petition date, Premier Datacom, as borrower, and
Five Star Bank, as lender entered into a loan agreement in order to
fund the the company's operations. As of the Petition Date, Five
Star asserts that it is owed a total of $207,797.

The Lenders are being adequately protected by the interim relief to
justify the company's use of cash collateral through the provision
of replacement liens in post-petition acquired property, including
cash, to the same extent, validity, and priority as existed
prepetition. The replacement liens will adequately protect the
Lenders and ensure that the business can continue operating to the
benefit of all stakeholders.

BayFirst can be reached through its counsel:

     Matthew T. Taplett, Esq.
     Pope, Hardwicke, Christie, Schell, Kelly & Taplett, L.L.P.
     500 West 7th Street, Suite 600
     Fort Worth, TX 76102
     Telephone: (817) 332-3245
     Facsimile: (817) 877-4781
     Email: mtaplett@popehardwicke.com

Five Star Bank can be reached through its counsel:

     Michael P. Menton, Esq.
     Danika Lopez, Esq.
     SettlePou
     3333 Lee Parkway, Eighth Floor
     Dallas, TX 75219
     (214) 520-3300
     (214) 526-4145 (Facsimile)
     mmenton@settlepou.com
     dlopez@settlepou.com

                     About Premier Datacom Inc.

Premier Datacom, Inc. is a technology construction services company
specializing in low voltage cabling systems and components, data
transmission, and security systems.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-10097-smr) on January
24, 2025. In the petition signed by Glenn Ryan Willis, president,
the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities.

Jennifer F. Wertz, Esq., at Jackson Walker L.L.P., represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.


RADIOLOGY PARTNERS: Moody's Alters Outlook on Caa1 CFR to Positive
------------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings revised Radiology Partners, Inc.'s outlook to
positive from stable. At the same time, Moody's affirmed Radiology
Partners' Caa1 corporate family rating and Caa1-PD probability of
default rating. Moody's also affirmed the B1 rating on the $240
million backed senior secured first lien revolving credit facility,
B3 ratings on the backed senior secured first lien term loan B,
$150 million backed senior secured revolving credit facility and
senior secured first lien global notes due 2029, the Caa3 ratings
on the senior secured global notes due 2025, senior unsecured
global notes due 2028, and senior secured second lien global notes
due 2030.

The revision of the outlook from stable to positive reflects
ongoing deleveraging following the recapitalization in February
2024 and improved liquidity. Moody's expect debt to EBITDA, which
was 7.5x at September 30, 2024, to trend toward 7.0x over the next
12 to 18 months. The outlook also reflects Moody's expectation that
Radiology Partners will continue to generate positive free cash
flow, although with quarterly fluctuations due to normal
seasonality.

The affirmation of the Caa1 CFR reflects Radiology Partners high
financial leverage mitigated by its very good liquidity and leading
position in a fragmented market as the largest radiology practice
in the United States.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Radiology Partners' Caa1 CFR reflects the company's high financial
leverage and very good liquidity. The rating also reflects risks
tied to the company's aggressive growth strategy. The rating is
also constrained by ongoing risks tied to working capital pressure
from the No Surprises Act, including uncertainty surrounding timing
of receivables collection from out of network payors. The rating is
supported by Radiology Partners' position in a fragmented industry
as the largest radiology practice in the US, diversification by
geography and customer type, stable business prospects, and
favorable payor mix.

The company's debt/EBITDA was approximately 7.5 times for the
twelve months ending September 30, 2024 on an adjusted basis.
Moody's expect the company's leverage will decline toward 7.0x over
the next 12-18 months due to EBITDA growth from new business wins,
ongoing pricing initiatives, and organic volume growth.
Deleveraging will be slowed by an increase in debt tied to PIK
interest.

Moody's expect Radiology Partners will maintain very good
liquidity. Radiology Partners had $185 million of cash at September
30, 2024 and $387 million of availability under its $390 million
revolving credit facilities. Moody's expect approximately $100
million of free cash flow in 2025 which reflects the PIK interest
benefit, lower use of working capital, and reduced new site
start-up costs. Radiology Partners' revolving credit facility has a
maximum first lien net leverage covenant of 7.75x. Moody's expect
the company will maintain sufficient buffer within the covenant.
Moody's estimate first lien net leverage was approximately 3.9x at
September 30, 2024. Radiology Partners' assets are pledged as
collateral for the secured credit facilities, thereby limiting the
sale of assets as an alternative source of liquidity.

The B1 rating of the $240 million backed senior revolving credit
facility reflects its senior position in the capital structure,
such that these lenders would be repaid in full before any
distributions to the other secured lenders. The B3 ratings assigned
to the backed senior secured first lien term loan, $150 million
backed first lien revolving credit facility, and senior secured
first lien global notes is two notches lower than the B1 on the
super senior facility, and one notch higher than the Caa1 CFR. This
reflects the instruments' effective subordination to the super
senior debt as well as its second priority lien on substantially
all assets and the loss absorption provided by junior debt. The
Caa3 rating assigned to the second lien global notes is two notches
below the CFR. This reflects the effective subordination of the
second lien notes to all of the more senior secured debt. The Caa3
ratings on the non-exchanged senior secured global notes due 2025
and senior unsecured notes due 2028 reflects their subordinated
rankings to all exchanged debt tranches in the payment waterfall.

The positive outlook reflects Moody's view that debt to EBITDA will
trend toward 7.0x over the next 12 to 18 months, free cash flow
will be positive and liquidity will remain very good.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Radiology Partners maintains
leverage below 7.5x while maintaining overall good liquidity.
Specifically, ratings could be upgraded if Radiology Partners
demonstrates the ability to generate sustainable and materially
positive free cash flow outside of normal seasonality.

The ratings could be downgraded if the company's liquidity and/or
operating performance deteriorates or if financial policies become
more aggressive. Moody's would also consider a downgrade if for
whatever reason financial leverage increases or the probability of
default increases.

Headquartered in El Segundo, CA, Radiology Partners, Inc. is the
largest radiology practice in the US The company's services include
diagnostic and interventional radiology. Radiology Partners, Inc.
employs more than 3,900 radiologists that provide services to more
than 3,400 hospitals and outpatient facilities across all 50
states. Ahead of the preferred equity issuance in February 2024,
the company was 19.6% owned by New Enterprise Associates, 10.0% by
Future Fund, 31.6% by Whistler and the rest by physicians,
management and other investors. The company's LTM revenues were
approximately $3.0 billion as of September 30, 2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Business and
Consumer Services published in November 2021.


REDLINE METALS: Court OKs Limited Use of Cash Collateral
--------------------------------------------------------
Redline Metals, Inc. obtained an order from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Illinois approving the limited
use of Old Second National Bank's cash collateral.

The order signed by Judge Jacqueline Cox on Feb. 4 authorized the
company to use cash collateral strictly for "prospective or current
necessary payments" to preserve its assets and complete the public
sale of those assets.

Old Second National Bank, a senior secured creditor, is under no
obligation to advance funds or to honor checks without sufficient
funds upon presentation, according to the Feb. 4 order.  

Judge Cox's previous order issued on Jan. 28 allowed the company to
use cash collateral to cover payroll and payroll expenses through
Feb. 4.

Both orders terminated the use of cash collateral to operate
Redline Metals' business.

Old Second National Bank was granted replacement liens on assets in
which it held a security interest and lien as of the petition date
as protection for any diminution in the value of its pre-bankruptcy
collateral.

Redline Metals' authority to use cash collateral terminates upon
closing of the public sale or upon revocation by the bank.

The motion for use of cash collateral is continued until Feb. 11.

                       About Redline Metals

Redline Metals, Inc. is a recycling center in Lombard, Ill.

Redline Metals filed Chapter 11 petition (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No.
24-12590) on Aug. 27, 2024, with $10 million to $50 million in both
assets and liabilities.

Judge Jacqueline P. Cox oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Paul M. Bach, Esq.
   Bach Law Offices
   Tel: 847-564-0808
   Email: paul@bachoffices.com


REVITALIZE PORTLAND: Claims to be Paid from Property Sale/Refinance
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Revitalize Portland, LLC filed with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the District of Oregon a Second Amended Disclosure Statement
describing Plan of Reorganization dated January 27, 2025.

Revitalize was started by Michael Smira in 2014 to renovate
property to rent or sell. The Debtor purchased the Gibbs Property
in 2015 and has been renovating it since then.

Revitalize's debt has come due and a foreclosure by the first trust
deed holder was stayed by the bankruptcy filing. Debtor's only
other debt is a second trust deed and promissory note of $200,000
and a third trust deed and promissory note of $25,000.00.

Revitalize has been operating on money contributed by owner Michael
Smira. After confirmation Mr. Smira will put another $30,000 to
$40,000 into Debtor to complete the remodel of the Gibbs Property.
On or before May 15, 2025, Debtor will sell or refinance the Gibbs
Property to pay all creditors in full.

In particular, if the plan is confirmed, holders of allowed claims
will receive 100% of their allowed claim plus interest. The payment
to creditors will come from Debtor's sale or refinancing of its
property located at 15 S. Gibbs St., Portland, OR 97239 (the "Gibbs
Property"). Debtor's member will put sufficient capital into Debtor
to restore the property so it can be sold or refinanced. Debtor
estimates the amount necessary will be approximately $30,000 to
$40,000.

The administrative claims consisting of Debtor's attorney fees and
expenses will be paid either from the retainer still held by the
attorney totaling $19,046.25 or from the sale or refinance f
Debtor's property. Currently the total unpaid attorney's fees equal
$8,981.50. It is estimated an additional $7,500.00 will be incurred
through confirmation.

Class 2 consists of the Secured Claim of Multnomah County (the
"County") for unpaid property taxes pursuant to its statutory lien
is an undisputed, allowed claim, and the lien of the County shall
be preserved, and shall receive the treatment required under Oregon
law upon any sale of the Gibbs Property, including: ORS 311.405
whereby all property taxes levied upon the Gibbs Property by the
County prior to and after the petition date are first priority
liens upon the property, which must be fully paid and satisfied
prior to any other claims of creditors following a sale of the
Gibbs Property, including interest at 16% per annum, together with
penalties and costs, if any.

Further, the County's lien for unpaid property taxes has priority
over, and must be fully satisfied from, the proceeds of sale of the
Gibbs Property before all other liens, judgments and claims against
the Gibbs Property pursuant to ORS 311.505; and Upon a sale of the
Gibbs Property, the Class 2 claim of Multnomah County will be paid
from the escrow funds following closing of a sale of the property.
Payment of the County's claim may be by check or wire transfer from
escrow.

Class 6 General Unsecured Creditors. All general unsecured
creditors will be paid in full from the sale or refinance of the
Gibbs property.

The Plan will be funded by sale or refinance of the Gibbs Property.
After confirmation Debtor's owner will contribute $30,000 in new
value, or whatever amount is necessary, to complete the remodel of
the Gibbs Property.

A full-text copy of the Second Amended Disclosure Statement dated
January 27, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=uTDdlj
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     Ted A. Troutman, Esq.
     Troutman Law Firm P.C.
     5075 SW Griffith Dr., Suite 220
     Beaverton, OR 97005
     Telephone: (503) 292-6788  
     Facsimile: (503) 596-2371

      About Revitalize Portland

Revitalize Portland, LLC sought relief under Subchapter V of
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Ore. Case No.
24-32356) on Aug. 26, 2024, listing up to $1 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge Teresa H. Pearson oversees the case.

Ted A. Troutman, Esq., at Troutman Law Firm PC serves as the
Debtor's counsel.


RIGHT SIZE: Gets Final OK to Use Cash Collateral
------------------------------------------------
Right Size Plumbing & Drain Co Inc. received final approval from
the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California to
use the cash collateral of the U.S. Small Business Administration.

As protection, the final order granted the SBA a replacement lien,
effective as of the petition date, on all post-petition revenues of
the company to the same extent, priority and validity as its
pre-bankruptcy lien.

As additional protection, the SBA will receive a monthly payment of
$1,135 until further order of the court.

The court order does not authorize the company to use cash
collateral to pay insiders unless and until it has satisfied all
requirements under the Bankruptcy Code and Local Bankruptcy Rule
2014-1.

               About Right Size Plumbing & Drain Co

Right Size Plumbing & Drain Co Inc. sought protection under Chapter
11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. C.D. Calif. Case No.
24-11886) on November 11, 2024, with up to $500,000 in assets and
up to $10 million in liabilities. David E. Jones, president of
Right Size, signed the petition.

Judge Victoria S. Kaufman oversees the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Michael Jay Berger, Esq.
   Email: 310-271-6223
   Email: michael.berger@bankruptcypower.com


RIVERBED HOLDINGS: Moody's Assigns 'Caa1' CFR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings assigned a Caa1 corporate family rating and Caa1-PD
probability of default to Riverbed Holdings, Inc. (Vector Capital),
(Riverbed). Moody's also assigned a Caa1 rating to the senior
secured first lien revolving credit facility and senior secured
first lien term loan under Riverbed Technology LLC. The outlook is
stable.

Riverbed was acquired by Vector Capital, a private equity firm, in
July 2023. As part of the acquisition, the company's existing $1
billion term loan was restructured to a $375 million term loan,
which includes PIK features. The $375 million term loan and undrawn
$30 million revolving credit facility mature July 2028 and April
2028 respectively.

RATINGS RATIONALE

Riverbed's Caa1 CFR is driven by persistent revenue declines,
elevated leverage, and Moody's expectation for breakeven to
negative free cash flow. Although Riverbed has significantly
reduced its debt load, revenues in the company's WAN Optimization
(WANOp) business (about 40% of 2024 sales) continues to decline at
double digit rates. Demand within WANOp is in secular decline as
the transition to SD-WAN architectures has significantly reduced
the need for WANOp products in all but a few end markets.

Riverbed retains a leading position in the WANOp market despite the
upheaval in the networking industry. The company also has a leading
position in the on-premise network performance monitoring (NPM)
software market, and a strong position in the fast-growing End User
Experience Management (EUEM) market. Although Riverbed has solid
positions in these markets, it still significantly lags industry
revenue growth rates. Riverbed's application and network monitoring
product lines have the potential to offset the declines in the
legacy WANOp lines, though the timing of any stabilization of
revenues remains uncertain.

Financial leverage for the period ended September 30, 2024 is near
6x (Moody's adjusted, including the impact of restructuring
charges). Moody's anticipate revenue declines to persist, but
moderate through 2025. Moody's base case assumes leverage will
increase to over 7x in 2025 driven by declines in EBITDA and
increase in PIK debt. Moody's believe revenue will need to
stabilize to grow profitability and decrease leverage.

Liquidity is adequate, which reflects Moody's expectation of
breakeven to negative free cash flow over the next year. Cash
balances are $52 million as of September 30, 2024. The company has
full access to a $30 million revolving credit facility (excluding
about $7 million of letters of credit) that does not contain any
financial covenants.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

The Caa1 ratings on the $30 million revolving credit facility and
$375 million term loan are in line with the Caa1 corporate family
rating, which reflects the preponderance of the first lien senior
secured debt in the capital structure.

OUTLOOK

The stable outlook reflects Moody's view that Riverbed has
sufficient liquidity over the next 12-18 months, providing headroom
for the company to stem revenue declines and increase
profitability. This also considers the uncertainty regarding the
timing of revenue stabilization.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if the company stabilizes its
operating performance, generates positive free cash flow, and
maintains at least adequate liquidity.

The ratings could be downgraded if the trajectory of revenue and
margin improvements does not materialize such that free cash flow
deficits are anticipated to continue pressuring liquidity, and
reducing financial flexibility.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Riverbed's ESG credit impact score (CIS-5) reflects governance
risks, which are a ratings driver. Governance risks arise from
controlled ownership, elevated financial leverage and limited free
cash flow. While the reorganized business under Vector Capital will
continue to focus on reviving growth and improving the valuation of
the business, Moody's expect leverage to remain high and cash flow
weak.

Headquartered in Redwood City, CA, Riverbed is a leading provider
of Wide Area Network (WAN) Optimization and performance and
application monitoring products and services. Moody's estimate
revenue for 2024 to be $365 million.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Software
published in June 2022.


RUSH INC: Seeks Subchapter V Bankruptcy in Illinois
---------------------------------------------------
On February 3, 2025, Rush Inc. filed Chapter 11 protection in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports $2,241,538 in
debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition states funds will be
available to unsecured creditors.

           About Rush Inc.

Rush Inc. is involved in the transportation and logistics
industry.

Rush Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code (Bankr.  ) on February 3, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor
reports total assets of $547,000 and total liabilities of
$2,241,538.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge David D. Cleary handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by David Freydin, Esq., at LAW OFFICES OF
DAVID FREYDIN, in Skokie, Illinois.


SAVAGE ENTERPRISES: Moody's Affirms 'B1' CFR, Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings affirmed Savage Enterprises, LLC's ("Savage") B1
corporate family rating, B1-PD probability of default rating and B1
senior secured bank credit facility rating and maintained the
stable outlook.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The ratings reflect Savage's strength as a sizable grain processor
and its scale and scope within the agriculture business. These
advantages have fostered long-standing customer relationships with
food producers that have been developed over many years as an
integral partner in their supply and distribution chains.
Additionally, the company's infrastructure business has been a
source of strong contract volumes in the rail and transload
terminals segment and generate a much higher margin. Further,
Savage has demonstrated a solid track record of debt reduction and
Moody's do not expect the company to operate with high financial
leverage given its exposure to cyclical and competitive markets.

However, the agribusiness adds risk due to grain demand
fluctuations and cross-border risk, with the majority of its
shipments destined for the Mexican market. Given the highly
fragmented and cyclical nature of the industry, Moody's expect the
company to make acquisitions or investments in storage and grain
handling facilities as opportunities to consolidate occur. The
company completed a $430 million investment to construct a new
grain crushing facility in the third quarter of 2024 and Moody's
expect the new facility to be fully revenue generating in 2025.
Consequently, Moody's expect debt-to-EBITDA to improve to about
4.0x in 2025, down from its peak of 5.8x on September 30, 2024.

Moody's view Savage's liquidity as adequate. Moody's expect Savage
will generate slightly negative free cash flow over the next 12
months, as it continues to invest in working capital and capital
expenditures to meet heightened demand. The company has a $650
million asset-based lending (ABL) revolver and is expected to
maintain a modest cash balance. The ABL had about $433 million
available as of December 31, 2024, based on its borrowing base and
net of letters of credit.

The stable outlook reflects modest acquisition risk along with
Moody's expectation of improving profitability and adequate
liquidity.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings could be upgraded if Savage is able to demonstrate
reduced cyclicality through diversification and maintain
debt-to-EBITDA below 3.5x. This needs to be done in conjunction
with growing its revenue base and improving liquidity, including
generating positive free cash flow, to support the increased
working capital needs of its agribusiness.

The ratings could be downgraded if Savage's operating performance
weakens, including a deterioration in liquidity due to sustained
negative free cash flow or increased reliance on the revolver.
Also, should debt-to-EBITDA be sustained above 5.0x, the ratings
could be downgraded. Lastly, a more aggressive financial policy,
including large debt funded acquisitions or shareholder
distributions that increase leverage could also result in a
downgrade.

Savage Companies, through its principal operating subsidiary Savage
Enterprises, LLC, is a grain and milling business focused on the
acquisition, storage, transportation, processing and merchandising
of grain and a leading exporter of grain to Mexico from the US.
Additionally, Savage operates a transport and logistics company
providing a range of services, including materials handling, waste
disposal and transportation to industrial and rail customers.
Revenue was approximately $4.3 billion for the twelve months ended
Sept. 30, 2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Surface
Transportation and Logistics published in December 2021.


SBF VENTURES: Seeks Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Massachusetts
----------------------------------------------------------
On February 3, 2025, SBF Ventures LLC filed Chapter 11 protection
in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Massachusetts.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $1 million
and $10 million in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

           About SBF Ventures LLC

SBF Ventures LLC is a limited liability company.

SBF Ventures LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Mass. Case No.: 25-10217) on February
3, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets and
liabilities between $1 million and $10 million each.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Christopher J. Panos handles the
case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Gary W. Cruickshank, Esq.
     GARY W. CRUICKSHANK
     101 Federal Street, Suite 1900
     Boston, MA 02110
     Tel: 617-330-1960
     Email: gwc@cruickshank-law.com


SEASONAL LANDSCAPE: Court Extends Cash Collateral Access to Feb. 28
-------------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois
extended Seasonal Landscape Solutions, Inc.'s authority to use cash
collateral from Jan. 31 to Feb. 28.

The interim order authorized the company to use cash collateral in
accordance with its budget, which projects total operational
expenses of $141,537 from Feb. 1 to 28.

The company is not allowed to make any payments or distributions
other than the itemized projected disbursements set forth in the
budget without the prior written consent of its pre-bankruptcy
secured lender.

BMO Harris Bank holds a senior lien on the company's assets
totaling at least $495,000, with a subordinate lien by the U.S.
Small Business Administration.

As adequate protection, BMO Harris Bank was granted a replacement
lien on substantially all of the company's assets, including cash
collateral equivalents, cash and accounts receivable, to the same
extent and with the same validity as its pre-bankruptcy lien.

In addition, BMO Harris Bank was granted an administrative expense
claim under Section 507(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.

The next hearing is scheduled for March 5.

                    About Seasonal Landscape Solutions

Seasonal Landscape Solutions, Inc. is a company in Algonquin, Ill.,
which specializes in residential design-build landscaping.

The Debtor filed a petition under Chapter 11, Subchapter V of the
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 24-08880) on June 17,
2024, with $500,000 to $1 million in assets and $1 million to $10
million in liabilities. Ira Bodenstein serves as Subchapter V
trustee.

Judge Janet S. Baer presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Richard G Larsen
   Springer Larsen Greene, LLC
   Tel: 630-510-0000
   Email: rlarsen@springerbrown.com


SOUTHERN AUTO: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Southern Auto Parts, Inc. received interim approval from the U.S.
Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, New
Bern Division, to use cash collateral until Feb. 10.

The interim order signed by Judge David Warren on Feb. 5 authorized
the company to use cash collateral to pay post-petition operating
expenses set forth in its budget.

The creditors that assert an interest in the company's cash
collateral are General Parts Distribution, LLC, Carolina Small
Business Development Fund, United States Small Business
Administration, House-Hasson Hardware Company, and First-Citizens
Bank & Trust Company.

As protection, the creditors were granted post-petition lien and
security interest in all property of Southern Auto Parts with the
same priority as their pre-bankruptcy lien and security interest.

As additional protection, First-Citizens, the current holder of
several loans, will be granted a superpriority administrative
expense claim to the extent the use, sale, or lease of its
collateral results in a decrease in its interest therein.

The next hearing is set for Feb. 10.

               About Southern Auto Parts, Inc.

Southern Auto Parts, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. E.D. N.C. Case No. 25-00294-5-DMW) on
January 27, 2025. In the petition signed by Jared L. Beverage,
president, the Debtor disclosed up to $10 million in both assets
and liabilities.

Judge David M. Warren oversees the case.

Joseph Z. Frost, Esq., at BUCKMILLER & FROST, PLLC, represents the
Debtor as legal counsel.



STEWARD HEALTH: Latham Defends Bankruptcy Efforts Amid TRACO Issues
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Angelica Serrano-Roman of Bloomberg Law reports that Latham &
Watkins LLP has argued that the U.S. Department of Justice's
bankruptcy watchdog has no legitimate reason to oppose its
retention in Steward Health Care System LLC's Chapter 11 case. This
filing follows the U.S. Trustee's objection to the bankrupt
hospital system's request to add Latham as co-counsel alongside
Weil Gotshal & Manges LLP. Latham emphasized that it is not
questioning the adequacy of Weil's representation, but rather
challenging the U.S. Trustee's argument that Latham's retention is
unnecessary and unduly burdensome. The response was submitted on
Monday to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of
Texas.

In a separate filing, Latham attorney Ray C. Schrock revealed that
he and colleague Candace M. Arthur are unable to represent Steward
on matters related to TRACO International Group, a non-bankrupt
insurer affiliate, due to TRACO's refusal to grant a waiver.

Schrock and Arthur, who recently joined Latham from Weil, were
previously part of the team advising Steward and its subsidiaries,
including Tailored Risk Assurance Company and TRACO. Steward's
retention application identified their involvement as crucial to
the Chapter 11 case. As of August 2024, TRACO is no longer
represented by Weil, having retained Steptoe LLP instead, the
report states.

Last 2024, TRACO filed a lawsuit against Steward, accusing it of
withholding payments, including $3.5 million in monthly insurance
premiums. Schrock noted that TRACO has expressed a preference for
excluding him and Arthur from representing Steward in any matters
concerning TRACO, according to report.

Despite the waiver refusal, Schrock affirmed that Latham's
retention does not present any conflict of interest or affect its
status as a disinterested party in the bankruptcy. Weil will handle
any issues related to TRACO. Additionally, Latham has set up an
internal ethical wall to prevent any conflicts involving
TRACO-related matters, the report relays.

The U.S. Trustee had previously opposed Latham's retention, arguing
that Steward cannot afford the fees of another large firm, given
Weil's nearly $70 million in legal fees. Latham responded by
highlighting that Schrock and Arthur contributed 2,000 hours of
legal services during the bankruptcy at Weil, and their continued
involvement would benefit the company.

               About Steward Health Care

Steward Health Care System LLC owns and operates the largest
private physician-owned for-profit healthcare network in the U.S.
Headquartered in Dallas, Texas, Steward's operations include 31
hospitals in eight states, approximately 400 facility locations,
4,500 primary and specialty care physicians, 3,600 staffed beds,
and nearly 30,000 employees. Steward Health Care provides care to
more than two million patients annually.

Steward and 166 affiliated debtors filed a Chapter 11 petitions
(Bankr. S.D. Texas Lead Case No. 24-90213) on May 6, 2024, in the
U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, and the
Honorable Christopher M. Lopez oversees the proceeding.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP is serving as the Company's legal
counsel. AlixPartners, LLP is providing financial advisory services
to the Company, and John Castellano of AlixPartners is serving as
the Company's Chief  Restructuring Officer. Lazard Freres & Co.
LLC, Leerink Partners LLC, and Cain Brothers, a division of KeyBanc
Capital Markets Inc. are providing investment banking services to
the Company. McDermott Will & Emery is special corporate and
regulatory counsel for the company. Kroll is the claims agent.

The U.S. Trustee for Region 7 appointed an official committee to
represent unsecured creditors in the Debtors' Chapter 11 cases. The
committee is represented by Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld, LLP.


TEAK DECK: Gets Interim OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 20
---------------------------------------------------------------
Teak Deck Co. received interim approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Southern District of Florida, West Palm Beach
Division, to use cash collateral until Feb. 20.

The U.S. Small Business Administration may claim a secured lien
interest in all of the company's assets including the company's
cash and accounts receivable by virtue of the filing of a UCC-1 on
July 26, 2020. However, SBA agreed to and entered into a
subordination agreement with JPMorgan on Jan. 17, 2023. Ergo there
is no collateral support for its loan and the company contends it
has no cash collateral interest. There is an approximate
outstanding balance of $500,000 owed on that loan.

On June 23, 2023, JPMorgan filed a subsequent UCC-1 alleging
blanket liens on the same assets. It assumed first position due to
the subordination.

Therefore, as of the filing date, JPMorgan, which is owed
approximately $151,000, has collateral support in the amount of
approximately $50,000, representing all assets other than
encumbered vehicles, and includes about $10,000 in accounts
receivable and $5,700 in cash.

A copy of the company's motion and budget is available at
https://urlcurt.com/u?l=DuiZ9M from PacerMonitor.com.

Teak Deck projects total expenses, as follows: $43,373 for
February, $41,635 for March, and $37,817 for April.

                      About Teak Deck Co.

Teak Deck Co. sells retail deck products and installs teak
decking.

The Debtor sought protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-10818-MAM) on January
27, 2025. In the petition signed by Joonas Tuomela, president, the
Debtor disclosed up to $100,000 in assets and $10 million in
liabilities.

Julianne Frank, Esq., at Julianne Frank P.A., represents the Debtor
as legal counsel.


TECIAS CHILDCARE: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on March 5
-------------------------------------------------------------
On January 29, 2025, Tecias Childcare LLC filed Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Western District
of New York.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports between $100,000
and $500,000 in debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition
states funds will be available to unsecured creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on March 5,
2025 at 2:00 PM. Call-In Number: 877-716-9137, Passcode: 1402861#.
BY TELEPHONE.

           About Tecias Childcare LLC

Tecias Childcare LLC, doing business as Shining Stars Childcare
Center, operates childcare facility in Rochester, New York.

Tecias Childcare LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. W.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-20077) on January 29,
2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports estimated assets between
$500,000 and $1 million and estimated liabilities between $100,000
and $500,000.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Warren handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     David H. Ealy, Esq.
     Cristo Law Group LLC d/b/a Trevett Cristo
     45 Exchange Blvd., Suite 888
     Rochester, NY 14614
     Phone: 585-454-2181


TEMPLETON REAGAN: Sec. 341(a) Meeting of Creditors on February 28
-----------------------------------------------------------------
On January 31, 2025, Templeton Reagan Puritan Mill LLC filed
Chapter 11 protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for
the Northern District of Georgia.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports $1,213,123 in
debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition states funds will be
available to unsecured creditors.

A meeting of creditors under Section 341(a) to be held on February
28, 2025 at 03:00 PM via Telephone conference. To attend, Dial
888-902-9750 and enter participation code 9635734.

           About Templeton Reagan Puritan Mill LLC

Templeton Reagan Puritan Mill LLC is involved in the real estate
sector. The Debtor is the sole owner of the property at 810 Bay
Point Drive, Madeira Beach, Florida, which is currently valued at
approximately $1.38 million.

Templeton Reagan Puritan Mill LLC sought relief under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ga.Case No. 25-51015) on
January 31, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets
of $1,940,662 and total liabilities of $1,213,123.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Louis McBryan, Esq.
     MCBRYAN, LLC
     6849 Peachtree Dunwoody Road Building B-3, Suite 100
     Atlanta GA 30328
     Tel: 678-733-9322
     E-mail: alepage@mcbryanlaw.com


TERRAFORM LABS: Trustee Opposes White & Case Payment in Chapter 11
------------------------------------------------------------------
Emlyn Cameron of Law360 reports that the U.S. Trustee's Office has
requested that a Delaware bankruptcy court deny White & Case LLP's
$431,000 fee request for services provided to the official
committee of unsecured creditors in Terraform Labs' Chapter 11
case, citing that the firm was not formally retained by the
committee and the work is ineligible for payment.

                  About Terraform Labs

Terraform Labs Pte. Ltd. -- https://www.terra.money -- is a startup
that created Terra, a blockchain protocol and payment platform used
for algorithmic stablecoins. It was co-founded by Do Kwon and
Daniel Shin in 2018 in Seoul, South Korea.

Terraform Labs introduced its first cryptocurrency token, TerraUSD,
in 2019. Investment firms like Arrington Capital, Coinbase
Ventures, Galaxy Digital, and Lightspeed Venture Partners helped
Terraform Labs raise more than $200 million.

The collapse of the stablecoins TerraUSD (UST) and Luna in May 2022
caused the temporary suspension of the Terra network, wiping out
over $45 billion in market capitalization in a single week.

Both of Terra Form Labs' founders have encountered legal problems
as a result of the devaluation of the company's currency. In
September 2022, South Korean prosecutors filed a warrant for Do
Kwon's arrest.  He was also added to Interpol's Red Notice list,
which urges other law enforcement to find and detain him.

Terraform Labs Pte. Ltd. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. D. Del. Case No. 24-10070) on Jan. 22,
2024.  In the petition filed by Chris Amani, as chief executive
officer, the Debtor estimated assets and liabilities between $100
million and $500 million each.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Zachary I Shapiro, Esq.
     Richards, Layton & Finger, P.A.
     1 Wallich Street
     #37-01
     Guoco Tower 078881


TOHI LLC: Files Amendment to Disclosure Statement
-------------------------------------------------
Tohi LLC submitted a First Amended Disclosure Statement in
connection with its Chapter 11 Plan dated January 27, 2025.

The Debtor is a single-asset real estate company that owns six
adjacent parcels of real property located at 8092 and 990
Richlandtown Rd, Quakertown, PA (the "Properties"), which the
Debtor purchased in 2017.

The Properties are a mixture of residential units and undeveloped
parcels. Though for a time the Debtor was able to pay its debts as
they came due, the rental income from the Properties has recently
been insufficient to support the payments on the loans secured by
the Properties, and the Debtor has recently sought but been unable
to obtain the financing needed to further develop and monetize the
Properties.

The Debtor will pursue a refinance of its debts, as it has done
during the pendency of this chapter 11 case, that will provide full
payment of all creditor claims. The aggregate value of the
Properties is believed to be $5,500,000.00, and the secured claims
in this case total approximately $2,935,916.33. Accordingly, the
Properties are believed to have equity of more than $2.5 million
that will enable and support a refinance transaction. The Debtor
shall have six months from the Effective Date to obtain a refinance
of all debts encumbering the Properties (the "Refinance Period").

If a refinance of the Properties does not occur within the
Refinance Period, the Debtor will actively market the Properties
for sale. The Debtor shall engage a realtor and have an additional
six months to market and sell the Properties (the "Marketing
Period").

The proceeds of any refinance or sale of the Properties will be
distributed to creditors, after applicable costs and fees. The
Debtor anticipates that all creditors will be paid in full through
either refinance or sale.

The Amended Disclosure Statement does not alter the proposed
treatment for unsecured creditors and the equity holder:

     * Class 9 consists of Allowed General Unsecured Claims. As of
the Plan filing, the Debtor is aware of only one General Unsecured
Claim, held by the U.S. Small Business Administration, in an
unknown amount. In accordance with the Waterfall, available
proceeds from the Unsecured Fund shall be distributed by the Debtor
within 30 days of the refinance or sale of the Properties to any
Creditors holding an Unsecured Claim, in full satisfaction of their
claims.

     * Class 10 consists of all Interests in the Debtor. As of the
Plan filing, the sole Interest Holder is Geralyn Touhill. On the
Effective Date, all Interests in the Debtor shall transfer and
become Interests in the Reorganized Debtor for the purpose of
fulfilling the obligations of the Reorganized Debtor under the
Plan; however, the holder of Interests shall not receive any
distributions on account of such Interests, unless and until all
Creditors are paid in full in accordance with the Plan.

The funds necessary for the implementation of the Plan shall be
from the proceeds from the refinance or sale of the Properties in
accordance with the Refinance/Sale Procedure.

The Debtor will pursue a refinance of its debts that will provide
full payment of all creditor claims. The refinance will be enabled
and supported by the Properties, which is believed to have equity
of more than $2.5 million above the secured claims against it. In
the event that a refinance is not obtained within six months of the
Effective Date (the "Refinance Period"), the Debtor shall actively
market and pursue the sale of the Properties through a licensed
realtor for an additional six months (the "Marketing Period").

A full-text copy of the First Amended Disclosure Statement dated
January 27, 2025 is available at https://urlcurt.com/u?l=JzpQ2S
from PacerMonitor.com at no charge.

Counsel to the Debtor:

     David B. Smith, Esq.
     Smith Kane Holman, LLC
     112 Moores Road, Suite 300
     Malvern, PA 19355
     Tel: (610) 407-7217
     Fax: (610) 407-7218
     Email: dsmith@skhlaw.com

                        About Tohi LLC

TOHI LLC is a Single Asset Real Estate debtor (as defined in 11
U.S.C. Section 101(51B)).

TOHI LLC in Doylestown, PA, sought relief under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code filed its voluntary petition for Chapter 11
protection (Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 24-13285) on Sept. 16, 2024,
listing as much as $1 million to $10 million in both assets and
liabilities. Shawn Touhill as president, signed the petition.

Judge Ashely M Chan oversees the case.

SMITH KANE HOLMAN, LLC serve as the Debtor's legal counsel.


TRUENOORD LIMITED: S&P Assigns 'B+' ICR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B+' long-term issuer credit rating
to TrueNoord Limited and its 'B+' issue rating to TrueNoord Capital
DAC's proposed senior unsecured notes. S&P also assigned a '4'
recovery rating to the notes, indicating its expectation for
average (30%-50%; rounded estimate: 40%) recovery in the event of a
default.

The stable outlook reflects our expectation that TrueNoord will
continue to grow its fleet while maintaining weighted average EBIT
interest coverage around 1.0x, debt to capital well below 80%, and
funds from operations (FFO) to debt of 7%-9%.

TrueNoord is an aircraft lessor with an owned fleet of 96 aircraft
as of Sept. 30, 2024--primarily regional, crossover, and turboprop
aircraft.

On Feb. 4, 2025, TrueNoord announced its plan to raise $400 million
senior unsecured notes through its wholly owned subsidiary
TrueNoord Capital Designated Activity Co. (TrueNoord Capital DAC).

S&P said, "Our rating on TrueNoord is based on its market position
in the regional aircraft leasing market as well as its small size
relative to peers.  TrueNoord operates mainly in regional aircraft
leasing, a potentially undervalued niche where the company could
have a competitive advantage through its industry knowledge and
ability to manage complex transactions. We believe the company's
expertise in this less commoditized market may offer return
advantages through prudent underwriting and effective portfolio
management.

"That said, TrueNoord is small relative to most aircraft operating
lessors we rate, with an owned fleet of approximately 96 aircraft
and no orderbook. Its portfolio is concentrated in lower-value
assets relative to narrowbody or widebody aircraft. As of September
2024, the portfolio (adjusted for the portfolio acquisition in
December 2024) had a total net book value of $1.4 billion, of which
49% was regional aircraft, 35% turboprop aircraft, 14% crossover
aircraft, and 2% widebody aircraft.

"We view TrueNoord's lessee relationships as relatively
concentrated, which is, in part, a byproduct of its specialization
in aircraft used for short-haul routes in underserved markets.  
TrueNoord had aircraft leases placed with 28 customers across 22
countries as of Sept. 30, 2024. But Porter Airlines accounts for
about 14% of the company's aircraft net book value (NBV), which
represents modest concentration risk, in our view. The company's
top 10 lessees represented 54% of the aircraft portfolio NBV."

TrueNoord's fleet is diversified by geography to some extent, with
Europe, Americas, and Asia-Pacific accounting for 33%, 29%, and 22%
of lease revenue, respectively, as of September 2024.

The company acquires its fleet assets primarily through sale and
lease back and opportunistic portfolio acquisitions without
maintaining an orderbook, which is a differentiator compared with
its peers.   S&P takes a balanced view on this strategy. On one
hand, there is less visibility of the company's fleet, capital
expenditure, and growth trajectory. On the other hand, there are
lower pricing and placement risks in the secondary market
transactions. Additionally, new deliveries of regional aircraft and
the potential divestments of non-core assets from other lessors
could offer sufficient transaction opportunities for TrueNoord to
pursue under current market conditions.

While TrueNoord has an older fleet and shorter remaining lease term
than the industry average, we expect the company to benefit from
strong aircraft demand conditions in the short term.   As of
September 2024, the weighted average age of its fleet was 8.9
years, versus the industry average of three to eight years.
However, given current aircraft undersupply across the industry,
utilization of older aircraft remains high, and TrueNoord's current
fleet is almost fully placed with lessees.

TrueNoord's fleet has a weighted average remaining lease term of
4.9 years, which is on the lower end of the average range of five
to eight years. The lower average lease term could expose the
company to re-leasing risks and lower fleet utilization during
periods of weaker demand or higher oil prices. However, over the
next 12 months, S&P expects the company to re-lease at higher rates
based on the strong aircraft demand conditions.

TrueNoord has good operating efficiency, supported by strong fleet
utilization, but its lease yield is lower than other rated regional
lessors.  As of Sept. 30, 2024, 99% of the company's aircraft
portfolio was on lease. That said, the lease yield of about 9% in
fiscal year 2024 was lower than other rated regional lessors. This
is primarily due to the lease contracts entered through the
pandemic, which have lower lease rate factors. S&P expects yields
to rise modestly over the next 12 months, supported by higher
re-leasing rates and the continued undersupply of aircraft (leading
to strong yields on older aircraft).

While the company's revenue will likely increase over the next 12
months due to fleet growth and higher lease yield, higher debt
burden and cash interest expense will weigh on its key credit
metrics.  S&P said, "As a result, we expect its EBIT interest
coverage will remain weaker than most rated peers. Pro forma for
the proposed transaction, we expect TrueNoord to operate with EBIT
interest coverage of about 1.0x, FFO to debt of about 7%-9%, and
debt to capital of about 70%-75% on a weighted average basis."

S&P said, "TrueNoord is majority owned by institutional investors,
including Freshstream, BlackRock, and Abrdn-Patria, which we
consider financial sponsors. In our base-case forecast, we do not
anticipate sizable distribution to sponsors over the next 12-24
months. The sponsors have contributed over $400 million of equity
into TrueNoord since fiscal year 2017.

"We view management and governance as moderately negative,
consistent with all financial sponsor-owned companies, given
sponsors' potential aggressive agenda of maximizing shareholder
returns during a generally finite holding period.  That said, the
management team has deep expertise in aviation leasing with an
average of 22 years of industry experience. The company's board
includes an independent chairman, three directors from TrueNoord,
and three directors representing financial sponsors, including
Freshstream and BlackRock.

"We expect TrueNoord to maintain adequate liquidity to meet its
operational and debt servicing needs.  Our assessment of the
company's liquidity reflects its stable cash generation, lack of
orderbook commitments, and access to the undrawn capacity of
warehouse facilities ($385 million as of September 2024). Pro forma
for the transaction, we expect sources of liquidity to exceed uses
of liquidity by over 1.2x, and even if EBITDA were to decline by
15%, sources of cash would exceed uses of cash over the next 12
months."

The company's existing warehouse debt and term loan require sizable
annual amortization payments (with an annual amortization rate of
6.5-11%), which could pressure the company's liquidity in a period
of stress. That said, the proposed unsecured issuance will be used
to partially repay the amortizing debt. Additionally, the
amortization payment would unencumber the company's fleet assets
and provide some financial flexibility.

S&P said, "We apply a positive adjustment for comparable rating
analysis, which results in one notch of rating uplift.  The company
has a strong debt-to-capital ratio relative to our highly leveraged
financial risk assessment. Additionally, we view positively
TrueNoord's resilience (with high cash collection rates) through
the pandemic period, which is a testament to the company's prudent
credit underwriting and effective portfolio management.

"Our issue rating on TrueNoord Capital DAC's proposed senior
unsecured notes is the same as our issuer credit rating on
TrueNoord given the '4' recovery rating.  TrueNoord Ltd. and
certain subsidiaries will guarantee the proposed unsecured
issuance. The company will use net proceeds of the transaction to
fully repay its existing subordinated debt and partially repay the
outstanding balances of its warehouse debt and senior secured
portfolio facilities.

"The average ('4') recovery rating reflects our expectation that
the company will maintain a substantial amount of unencumbered
assets. We could lower the recovery rating and issue-level rating
if the unencumbered assets balance declines materially.

"The stable outlook indicates our expectation that TrueNoord will
continue to grow its fleet while maintaining weighted average EBIT
interest coverage around 1.0x. We also expect the company to
operate with debt to capital well below 80% and FFO to debt of
7%-9%."

S&P could lower the rating if EBIT interest coverage falls
materially below 1.0x on a sustained basis or if its
debt-to-capital ratio increases to above 82%. It could also
downgrade the company if:

-- Profitability and cash flow are significantly below our
expectations because of lower leasing demand,

-- The company significantly increases its debt to finance
strategic investments or dividend payments to its financial
sponsors, or

-- Liquidity materially deteriorates.

An upgrade is unlikely over the next 12 months. Over the long term,
S&P could raise the rating if TrueNoord meaningfully grows its
fleet and diversifies its lessee base, while maintaining EBIT
coverage well above 1.3x, FFO to debt above 9%, and debt to capital
below 82%.


UNIMODE WOODWORKING: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until Feb. 28
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois,
Eastern Division, extended Unimode Woodworking, Inc.'s authority to
use cash collateral from Jan. 31 to Feb. 28.

The order signed by Judge Timothy Barnes authorized the company to
use the cash collateral of its secured creditor, the U.S. Small
Business Administration, to pay its expenses for the interim
period.

As protection, the SBA was granted liens and security interests in
the company's collateral, including post-petition collateral.

A status hearing is scheduled for Feb. 26.

                       About Unimode Woodworking

Unimode Woodworking, Inc. sought protection under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 24-15017) on
October 9, 2024, with $100,001 to $500,000 in assets and $500,001
to $1 million in liabilities. Matthew Brash of Newpoint Advisors
Corporation serves as Subchapter V trustee.

Judge Timothy A. Barnes presides over the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

    David Freydin, Esq.
    Law Offices of David Freydin Ltd
    Tel: 630-516-9990
    Email: david.freydin@freydinlaw.com


UNIVERSAL BIOCARBON: Files Chapter 11 Bankruptcy in Florida
-----------------------------------------------------------
On January 30, 2025, Universal Biocarbon Inc. filed Chapter 11
protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District
of Florida.

According to court filing, the Debtor reports $1,650,534 in
debt owed to 1 and 49 creditors. The petition states funds will be
available to unsecured creditors.

           About Universal Biocarbon Inc.

Universal Biocarbon Inc. transforms vegetative biomass, such as
yard waste and tree trimmings, into high-quality carbon products
like compost, mulch, biochar, and activated carbon. The company
promotes sustainability by converting waste materials into
environmentally beneficial products, helping reduce landfill waste
and emissions. Through a partnership with the Sunshine State
Biomass Cooperative, UBC creates a cycle of beneficial reuse,
sharing profits with the suppliers of biomass feedstock.

Universal Biocarbon Inc. sought relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-10987) on January
30, 2025. In its petition, the Debtor reports total assets of
$899,953 and total liabilities of $1,650,534.

Honorable Bankruptcy Judge Erik P. Kimball handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

     Craig I. Kelley, Esq.
     KELLEY KAPLAN & ELLER, PLLC
     1665 Palm Beach Lakes Blvd
     The Forum - Suite 1000
     West Palm Beach, FL 33401
     Tel: 561-491-1200
     Email: craig@kelleylawoffice.com


UNLIMITED ENTERPRISES: Case Summary & Five Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Unlimited Enterprises Realty, LLC
        7730 Fanlight Place
        Union City, GA 30291

Business Description: The Debtor is involved in the residential
                      building construction industry.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Northern District of Georgia

Case No.: 25-51194

Judge: Hon. Paul Baisier

Debtor's Counsel: Theodore N. Stapleton, Esq.
                  THEODORE N. STAPLETON
                  2802 Paces Ferry Rd SE
                  Suite 100-B
                  Atlanta, GA 30339
                  Tel: (770) 436-3334
                  Fax: (404) 935-5344
                  E-mail: tstaple@tstaple.com
        
Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $500,000 to $1 million

The petition was signed by Daron Clark as manager.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's five unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WSUPZRI/Unlimited_Enterprises_Realty_LLC__ganbke-25-51194__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


VIPER ENERGY: Moody's Puts 'Ba2' CFR on Review for Upgrade
----------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings placed Viper Energy, Inc.'s (Viper) ratings on
review for upgrade, including its Ba2 Corporate Family Rating,
Ba2-PD Probability of Default Rating and Ba3 backed senior
unsecured notes rating. Previously, the rating outlook was stable.

These actions follow Viper's announcement on January 30, 2025[1] to
make two separate acquisitions with a combined value of
approximately $4.6 billion that will be funded largely with
equity.

The larger transaction (the "dropdown") involves Viper's agreement
to acquire royalty and mineral interests from certain subsidiaries
of Diamondback Energy, Inc. (Diamondback, Baa2 stable) for $1
billion in cash plus 69.63 million of Viper's equity worth roughly
$3.2 billion. Viper has concurrently completed an underwritten
public equity offering for 24.64 million shares (28.34 million
including underwriter's option) to fund the cash portion of the
purchase price. The second acquisition is from Morita Ranches
Minerals, LLC (unrated), which is smaller and will be funded with
$211 million of cash and 2.4 million of equity issuance.

RATINGS RATIONALE / FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR
DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

The ratings were placed on review for upgrade based on the credit
enhancing nature of the combined acquisitions. The acquisitions
will significantly increase the scale and the level of
diversification of Viper's production, reserves and cash flow while
simultaneously reducing financial leverage. Pro forma average daily
production will jump by more than 60% immediately to over 80
mboe/day, while the debt/EBITDA ratio declines below 1x due to
equity funding of the purchase price. Viper will not need to issue
any debt to cover the cash portion of the purchase price, and
therefore will face minimal financing risks. Additionally, the
Diamondback dropdown will expand Viper's exposure to Diamondback
operated acreage providing an increased level of certainty around
continued future drilling and production. Diamondback's pro forma
ownership of Viper will increase to about 52% from 45% following
the dropdown transaction.    

The Morita Ranches acquisition is set to close in February 2025,
subject to customary closing conditions and adjustments. In
addition to regulatory clearance, the Diamondback dropdown
transaction will also require a majority of Viper's stockholder
approval not affiliated with Diamondback, and is expected to close
in the second quarter of 2025. Both transactions have a transaction
effective date of January 1, 2025.

Moody's review will focus on updating Moody's forward view on the
company's financial profile, continued acquisitions and related
funding, and financial policies. The review will conclude following
the close of both transactions. Based on the information currently
available, Moody's expect Viper's CFR and senior unsecured notes
will most likely be upgraded by one notch to Ba1 and Ba2,
respectively.

Viper Energy, Inc. is a publicly traded company based in Midland,
Texas, which is engaged in owning and acquiring mineral and royalty
interests in oil and natural gas properties.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Independent
Exploration and Production published in December 2022.


VISION PAINTING: Gets OK to Use Cash Collateral Until March 7
-------------------------------------------------------------
The U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Illinois
granted Vision Painting & Decorating Services, Inc authorization to
use cash collateral on an interim basis.

The interim order signed by Judge Janet Baer authorized the company
to use cash collateral until March 7 to pay the expenses set forth
in its budget.

The budget shows total projected expenses of $91,465 for February.

The interim order granted the Internal Revenue Service and the
Illinois Department of Employment Security post-petition
replacement liens on the cash collateral and all post-petition
property of the company, to the same extent and with the same
priority as their pre-bankruptcy liens.

As additional protection, the IRS and the Illinois Department of
Employment Security will receive monthly payments of $900 and $450,
respectively.

The next hearing will be held on March 5.

                   About Vision Painting & Decorating Services

Vision Painting & Decorating Services Inc. is a specialty
contractor that serves the Calumet Park, Illionois area and
specializes in specialty ceilings, plaster and gypsum board,
acoustic treatment, flooring, painting and coatings, wall finishes
and tile.

Vision Painting & Decorating Services sought relief under
Subchapter V of Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Bankr. N.D.
Ill. Case No. 24-17620) on November 22, 2024, with estimated
assets
up to $50,000 and estimated liabilities between $1 million and $10
million. Edward T. McKinnie, Jr., president of Vision Painting &
Decorating Services, signed the petition.

Judge Janet S. Baer handles the case.

The Debtor is represented by:

   Gregory K Stern
   Gregory K. Stern, P.C.
   Tel: 312-427-1558
   Email: greg@gregstern.com


W.R. GRACE: Moody's Lowers CFR to 'B3', Outlook Stable
------------------------------------------------------
Moody's Ratings has downgraded W.R. Grace Holdings LLC's (Grace)
Corporate Family Rating to B3 from B2, Probability of Default
rating to B3-PD from B2-PD, the ratings on the senior secured bank
credit facilities and senior secured notes to B2 from B1, and the
ratings on the senior unsecured notes to Caa2 from B3. The outlook
is stable.

RATINGS RATIONALE

The downgrade reflects Grace's weak financial profile as indicated
by its elevated leverage metrics and negative free cash flows since
2023. While Moody's expect Grace's business operations will remain
stable benefiting from its leading market positions in the
specialized catalyst and material industries, its capital structure
will remain weak with low likelihood of materially reducing
leverage metrics and it will be unable to generate enough cash flow
over the next two years to materially reduce debt.

Grace's earning recovery in 2024 was weaker than Moody's original
expectation due to the slow demand growth of its key end markets
including refining, polyolefin, consumer goods and basic materials.
With flat revenue of $2.3 billion in the LTM September 2024, Grace
managed to improve its profitability mainly with the execution of
its Enterprise Improvement Program. Despite an 8% YOY increase of
its Moody's adjusted EBITDA to $501 million in the LTM September
2024, Grace's leverage, as measured by Moody's-adjusted
debt/EBITDA, remained very high at 8.2x. It generated negative free
cash flow of $80 million in the same period as its EBITDA fell
short in covering its high interest expenses, ongoing CapEx, and
the costs associated with legacy payments and restructuring
expenses. Moody's expect Grace will generate similar level of
operational performance in 2025, with modest EBITDA growth driven
by the implementation of its remaining EIP program while demand
recovery will remain slow. With these assumptions, Moody's estimate
that Grace's leverage will hover close to 8.0x and its free cash
flow likely still modestly negative in 2025.

Nevertheless, Grace's credit profile is supported by strong market
positions in several key end markets, including the leader in the
global polyolefin catalyst industry, fluid catalytic cracking (FCC)
catalysts, and specialty silica gels. Grace's business profile
further benefits from high barriers to entry, a good operating
track record which helps to support EBITDA margins. The company's
adequate liquidity is also a supporting factor for the credit
profile as it manages through this challenging downcycle.

The stable outlook reflects Moody's expectation that Grace's
business performance and credit metrics will likely remain close to
current level in the next 12 to 18 months, and that liquidity will
continue to remain above $200 million.

LIQUIDITY

The company maintains adequate liquidity. The company has a cash
balance of $108 million at the end of Q3 2024. The company had $269
million available under their $450 million revolving credit
facility due September 2026 as well as $36 million available under
non-US credit facilities as of September 30, 2024. Moody's expect
Grace will need to draw additional funds from the revolver to cover
its modest negative free cash flows in 2025.

STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS

Grace's debt capital structure is comprised of a first lien term
loan, first lien senior secured revolving credit facility, senior
secured notes and senior unsecured notes. The B2 ratings on the
first lien term loan, revolving credit facility and senior secured
notes, are one notch above the B3 CFR and reflect a first lien
position on substantially all assets and priority ranking in the
event of default. The Caa2 rating of the senior unsecured notes,
two notches below the CFR, indicates their deep subordination as a
result of the significant amount of first lien debt in the capital
structure.

FACTORS THAT COULD LEAD TO AN UPGRADE OR DOWNGRADE OF THE RATINGS

An upgrade is unlikely at this time, but Moody's could upgrade the
rating with expectations for adjusted financial leverage sustained
below 5.5x (Debt/EBITDA), retained cash flow-to-debt sustained
above 10% (RCF/Debt) and more balanced financial policies that
include gross debt reduction and a commitment from its owners to a
more conservative financial policy. An upgrade would also assume a
reduction in event risk such that the size of future acquisitions
would not raise pro forma leverage meaningfully above 5.5x for a
sustained period.

Moody's could downgrade the rating with expectations of adjusted
financial leverage to remain above 6.5x through the cycle, a
significant deterioration in the company's liquidity position, or a
large debt-financed acquisition or dividend to shareholders.

ESG CONSIDERATIONS

Environmental, social, and governance factors are important factors
influencing Grace's credit quality, but not a driver of the
actions. Grace's (CIS-4) score indicates that the rating is lower
than it would have been if ESG risk exposures did not exist. The
score mainly reflects the risks associated with Grace's highly
leveraged balance sheet and the exposure to environmental risks
including physical climate risks related to its operations in the
Gulf Coast as well as waste and pollution risks arising from its
chemical production process.

Headquartered in Columbia, MD, W.R. Grace Holdings LLC, a Standard
Industries company, is a leading global manufacturer of specialty
chemicals and materials operating and/or selling in over 60
countries. The company has two reporting segments: Catalysts
Technologies and Materials Technologies. Catalysts Technologies is
a globally diversified business that includes refining, polyolefin
and chemicals catalysts. Materials Technologies includes specialty
materials such as silica-based and silica-alumina-based materials
used in consumer/pharmaceutical, chemical processes and coatings
applications. On April 26, 2021, W.R. Grace agreed to be acquired
by Standard Industries Inc. (formerly Standard Industries Holdings
Inc.) for $7.0 billion. Grace generated approximately $2.3 billion
of sales for the last twelve months ended September 30, 2024.

The principal methodology used in these ratings was Chemicals
published in October 2023.


WH INTERMEDIATE: S&P Rates Subs New First-Lien Term Loan 'B'
------------------------------------------------------------
S&P Global Ratings assigned its 'B' issue-level rating and '3'
recovery rating to the new $1.23 billion first-lien term loan due
2032 and $175 million first-lien revolving credit facility due 2030
issued by WH Intermediate LLC's (WHP) subsidiary WH Borrower LLC.
The '3' recovery rating indicates our expectation for meaningful
recovery (50%-70%; rounded estimate: 50%) in the event of a
default. We will withdraw our ratings on the company's existing
debt once the transaction closes.

WHP intends to use the proceeds from this transaction to refinance
existing debt, pay down the outstanding revolver borrowings it used
to support its recent acquisition of the Vera Wang brand, and pay
related fees and expenses. While the proposed transaction will
improve the company's maturity profile, we anticipate it will take
on about $70 million of additional debt. Pro forma for the
transaction and recent acquisition, we expect WHP's S&P Global
Ratings-adjusted leverage for the 12 months ended Sept. 30, 2024,
will increase to our downgrade threshold of the mid-6x area.
However, we believe the company's good cash flow generation and
stable EBITDA margins (near 70%) offset the risk from its higher
leverage at this rating level. These factors will likely also
enable the company to deleverage to near 6x throughout 2025 as it
continues to gain scale and realize incremental EBITDA from its
recent brand acquisitions. We incorporate WHP's $125 million of
preferred equity as debt in our adjusted calculation, given the
instrument's optional redemption feature. The company used this
equity to fund its acquisition of the remaining interest in the
Express brand and its investment in the related PHOENIX joint
venture in June 2024. Without including WHP's preferred equity as
debt, its S&P Global Ratings-adjusted leverage would be 6x.



WILDCAT LENDER: Case Summary & One Unsecured Creditor
-----------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Wildcat Lender, LLC
        1110 Glenneyre Street
        Laguna Beach, CA 92651

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       Central District of California

Case No.: 25-10304

Judge: Hon. Scott C Clarkson

Debtor's Counsel: David A. Wood, Esq.
                  MARSHACK HAYS WOOD LLP
                  870 Roosevelt
                  Irvine, CA 92620-3663
                  Tel: (949) 333-7777
                  E-mail: dwood@marshackhays.com

Estimated Assets: $1 million to $10 million

Estimated Liabilities: $0 to $50,000

The petition was signed by Christopher Dornin as president.

The Debtor has identified Warner Angle, Attn: James Valletta,
located at 2555 E. Camelback Rd., Ste. 800, Phoenix, AZ 85016, as
its sole unsecured creditor, with a claim of $7,000 for attorney
fees.

A full-text copy of the petition is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/4KFM7AQ/Wildcat_Lender_LLC__cacbke-25-10304__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


WINDSOR HOLDINGS III: Fitch Affirms B+ LongTerm IDR, Outlook Stable
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Fitch Ratings has affirmed Windsor Holdings III, LLC's (d/b/a
Univar Solutions [Univar]) Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR) at
'B+'. Fitch has also affirmed the long-term ratings for the
company's senior secured term loans and notes at 'BB-' with a
Recovery Rating of 'RR3', and the ABL revolver at 'BB+'/'RR1'. The
Rating Outlook remains Stable.

The 'B+' IDR reflects Univar's heightened leverage profile with
EBITDA leverage of around 6.0x, and the company's leading market
positions in chemicals and ingredients distribution. The rating
also incorporates the issuer's resilient EBITDA margins and
considerable FCF generation.

The Stable Outlook reflects Fitch's expectations for EBITDA
leverage to remain between 5.5x-6.5x through the forecast horizon.

Key Rating Drivers

Stable Performance: Univar's recent operating performance was
stable in light of the soft demand conditions seen in 2024, with
sales and Fitch-calculated EBITDA trending roughly flat to 2023
levels. The issuer's delivered gross profit (defined as gross
profit (exclusive of depreciation) less outbound freight and
handling expenses) improved, demonstrating the benefits of Univar's
cost management, pricing discipline, and product mix. Market share
gains in light of a continued trend of supplier outsourcing has
also supported earnings.

Fitch expects Univar's FCF to improve to consistently positive
levels going forward, after slightly negative FCF in 2024 due to a
$500 million extraordinary dividend in January 2024. The company's
FCF profile continues to be supported by resilient EBITDA margins
and low capex requirements through Fitch's forecast despite modest
earnings growth in the near-term.

High but Sustainable Leverage: Fitch forecasts Univar's EBITDA
Leverage to trend around 6.0x through the forecast, reflecting the
leveraging $500 million dividend recapitalization in February 2024
and moderate EBITDA growth. Univar also completed two sale
leaseback transactions in 2024, with approximately $400 million of
aggregate net proceeds having been applied to reduce indebtedness.
Fitch believes the recent dividend recapitalization represented an
opportunistic capital allocation strategy and an appetite for
leveraging transactions. An increase in debt-funded acquisitions or
special dividends may further pressure credit metrics if not
balanced with equity contributions or meaningful subsequent debt
reduction.

Disciplined Acquisition Activity: Fitch expects Univar to continue
focusing on organic and inorganic investments to accelerate growth
of the business, and that bolt-on acquisition spending remains
disciplined relative to cash flow generation. The issuer completed
one $80 million acquisition in 2024 for Texas-based distributor
Valley Solvent Company, Inc., which was funded via a combination of
ABL borrowings and cash. Fitch expects that any materially
leveraging transaction would be supported by a credible plan to
bring EBITDA leverage back to the 5.5x-6.5x range within 24 months
and for increased penetration into stable end-markets to be
favorable toward Univar's business profile.

Resilient Margins: Univar has successfully improved
Fitch-calculated EBITDA margins in recent years by implementing
various operational cost-reduction initiatives, pruning or
divesting some of lower margin or non-core products, investing in
logistics, and building out its solutions centers. The company aims
to focus on growing its Ingredients & Specialty business (reported
by Univar to be approximately 40% of gross profit) through further
market share gains and new partnerships, which should support
stronger margins going forward. Fitch forecasts Univar maintaining
Fitch-calculated EBITDA margins close to the low-8% range through
the forecast horizon.

Leading Position in Fragmented Market: Univar is better positioned
to navigate logistical challenges and counterparty risk than
smaller competitors due to its size, operational scale and
diversification. The global chemical distribution market is highly
fragmented, with an estimated market size of roughly $200 billion
and the top two distributors accounting for about 10% of the
market. The company maintains the largest chemicals and ingredients
sales force in North America, the broadest product offering and an
increasingly efficient supply chain network, allowing Univar to
continue to grow by leveraging its footprint to cover more
products, customers and regions.

Derivation Summary

Univar is the second-largest global chemical distributor behind
Brenntag AG and is the largest North American chemical distributor
in a fragmented industry. Fitch compares Univar with IT distributor
Arrow Electronics, Inc. (BBB-/Stable) and metals distributor
Reliance Inc. (BBB+/Stable).

Each of these distributors benefits from significant size, scale
and diversification compared with peers within their markets. Fitch
believes the fragmented nature of, and potential for, continued
outsourcing within chemicals distribution provides Univar a unique
opportunity to increase market share and capture potential market
expansion. Supported by an unmatched value-added service offering,
Univar generates stronger EBITDA margins than Arrow Electronics.

Fitch views cash flow risk within the distribution industry as
relatively low compared with chemicals producers due to the limited
commodity price risk, diversification of customers and end markets,
low annual capex requirements of 1%-2% of revenue and
countercyclical working capital dynamics. Technology and metals
distribution market risks differ, still the overall operating
performances and cash flow resiliency are similar, with FCF margins
for these distribution peers averaging in the low to mid-single
digits over the past five years. Univar's financial structure is
weaker than the peer set with expectations for EBITDA leverage to
trend between 5.5x-6.5x.

Key Assumptions

- Organic sales growth remains muted in 2025, as continued soft
demand leads to only modest improvements in volumes and pricing,
followed by growth exceeding GDP, thereafter;

- Fitch-calculated EBITDA margins hover close to low-8% range as
benefits from cost savings and improved mix are offset by weak
pricing;

- Capex spending of around $120 million annually;

- Excess FCF is applied to bolt-on acquisitions.

Recovery Analysis

Key Recovery Rating Assumptions

The recovery analysis assumes Univar would be reorganized as a
going concern in bankruptcy rather than liquidated. Fitch assumed a
10% administrative claim and that the $1.4 billion ABL is 80%
drawn. This is due to the likelihood the ABL borrowing base will
gradually reduce in a distressed scenario as the pricing
environment declines over time.

Going-Concern Approach

Fitch projects Univar's going concern EBITDA is $650 million, which
assumes a rebound from an assumed trough EBITDA of around $640
million. This reflects an improvement in the underlying economic
conditions that would have likely precipitated the default, and
corrective actions taken during restructuring, or actions that
would be priced in by potential bidders. This compares to around
$640 million in Fitch-calculated EBITDA generated by Univar in the
2020 trough period.

The going-concern EBITDA estimate reflects Fitch's view of a
sustainable, post-reorganization EBITDA level upon which it bases
the enterprise valuation. Specifically, the going concern EBITDA
depicts a sustained economic contraction in North America,
resulting in severe, prolonged volume headwinds that more than
offset working capital releases. Fitch assumes that upon default,
Univar would be unable to improve EBITDA as economic and industry
headwinds would likely limit the benefits of cost reductions.
However, Fitch assumes the underlying business fundamentals would
improve over time as the cycle corrects, leading to the assumed
going concern EBITDA.

Fitch applies a 6.0x enterprise value multiple to the going concern
EBITDA to calculate a post-reorganization enterprise value. The
choice of this multiple considers the company's high-quality asset
profile including an extensive worldwide chemical and ingredient
distribution network, various product transportation assets,
technical development assets, and a leading proprietary e-commerce
platform. Fitch considers these competitive advantages unique,
relative to most chemical companies, which typically employ a more
asset-light approach with a more limited set of value-added
assets.

These assumptions result in a recovery rating for the ABL within
the 'RR1' range to generate a three-notch uplift to the issue
rating from the IDR. The assumptions also lead to a recovery rating
for the senior secured term loans and notes of 'RR3', generating a
one-notch uplift from the IDR.

RATING SENSITIVITIES

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Negative
Rating Action/Downgrade

- EBITDA Leverage sustained above 6.5x;

- A sustained reduction in EBITDA margins or ineffective working
capital management leading to weaker FCF generation and financial
flexibility;

- A large transformational debt-funded acquisition or dividend
recapitalization where there is no clear path to deleveraging
within 24 months.

Factors that Could, Individually or Collectively, Lead to Positive
Rating Action/Upgrade

- Gross debt reduction leading to EBITDA Leverage sustained below
5.5x;

- Balanced allocation of FCF that maintains balance sheet
flexibility along with a commitment to lower leverage.

Liquidity and Debt Structure

Univar has an adequate cash position of approximately $106 million
as of September 30, 2024. The issuer's $1.4 billion ABL revolver is
nearly fully available as of YE 2024, after the company completed
two sale leaseback transactions totaling approximately $400 million
in net cash proceeds and applied those proceeds to reducing
outstanding ABL borrowings. This comes after the issuer's ABL
borrowings had previously peaked to approximately $564 million in
2Q24. The issuer's stable FCF generation further supports liquidity
through the forecast.

Issuer Profile

Windsor Holdings III, LLC (d/b/a Univar Solutions) is an issuing
holding company that wholly owns Univar Solutions, LLC and
subsidiaries. Univar Solutions is a leading global chemical and
ingredients distribution company and provider of value-added
services, working with leading suppliers worldwide.

MACROECONOMIC ASSUMPTIONS AND SECTOR FORECASTS

Fitch's latest quarterly Global Corporates Macro and Sector
Forecasts data file which aggregates key data points used in its
credit analysis. Fitch's macroeconomic forecasts, commodity price
assumptions, default rate forecasts, sector key performance
indicators and sector-level forecasts are among the data items
included.

ESG Considerations

The highest level of ESG credit relevance is a score of '3', unless
otherwise disclosed in this section. A score of '3' means ESG
issues are credit-neutral or have only a minimal credit impact on
the entity, either due to their nature or the way in which they are
being managed by the entity. Fitch's ESG Relevance Scores are not
inputs in the rating process; they are an observation on the
relevance and materiality of ESG factors in the rating decision.

   Entity/Debt             Rating        Recovery   Prior
   -----------             ------        --------   -----
Windsor Holdings
III, LLC             LT IDR B+  Affirmed            B+

   senior secured    LT     BB+ Affirmed   RR1      BB+

   senior secured    LT     BB- Affirmed   RR3      BB-


ZARIFIAN ENTERPRISES: Seeks to Sell Carpentry Equipment at Auction
------------------------------------------------------------------
Zarifian Enterprises, LLC seeks approval from the U.S. Bankruptcy
Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division, to
sell carpentry and millwork equipment.

Robert P. Handler was appointed as the Sub Chapter V Trustee of the
case.

The Debtor operates a carpentry and millwork business and owns
various wood working machinery and equipment used in the operations
of the business including but not limited to the following: Holz
Her CNC Machine, Holz Her Edge Bander, Gannomat machines, including
drill and dowel machines, Pedestal Packaging Wrapper, Rol Air Air
Compressor, and Dewalt tools, known as Equipment.

The Debtor believes that the Equipment may be subject to liens,
claims and encumbrances to Samson MCA LLC and Alliance One, LLC.

The Debtor says that it needs to sell the Equipment at a public
auction as soon as possible in order to maximize sale proceeds and
stop the accrual of future administrative claims relating to the
use and occupancy of Debtor's former leased premises where the
Equipment is located.

The Debtor states that the auction proceeds will be used to fund
its Chapter 11 Plan of Liquidation to pay its creditors.

The Debtor consults with numerous individuals and entities seeking
assistance in liquidating and selling its Equipment including but
not limited to Stephen Stabiner of Heath Industrial Auction
Services, Inc. and Joel Bersh at Aaron Industrial Solutions.

Heath Industrial inspects the Equipment and advises the Debtor that
it would conduct an auction of the Equipment that would complete
within 4 weeks and yield auction proceeds estimated to be in the
range of $250,000 and possibly more.

Heath Industrial has presented the Debtor with an On-line Auction
Proposal to sell the Equipment at an on-line auction that provides,
inter alia, Heath Industrial will prepare the auction sale setup,
photograph the equipment for the on-line bidding catalog, contact
potential buyers, oversee the pre-sale
inspection of the Equipment and facilitate and oversee the removal
of the sold Equipment.

The Debtor chooses Heath Industrial to sell the Equipment the
reason that they have experience conducting public auctions,
including bankruptcy auctions, and have specific knowledge and
experience with regards to the Equipment.

The Debtor says that it is no longer operating and the sale of the
Equipment will generate funds to the estate in substantially in
excess of those that can be obtained if the Equipment is abandoned
or disposed of for scrap value.

                         About Zarifian Enterprises, LLC

Zarifian Enterprises, LLC, filed a Chapter 11 bankruptcy petition
(Bankr. D.P.R. Case No. 25-00188) on May 2, 2024.

Judge David D. Cleary presides over the case.

The Debtor was represented by Gregory K. Stern, P.C. as its legal
counsel.


ZMETRA LAND: Case Summary & 15 Unsecured Creditors
--------------------------------------------------
Debtor: Zmetra Land Holdings, LLC
        2 Old Worcester Road
        Webster MA 01570

Business Description: Zmetra Land specializes in property
                      management, overseeing the operations,
                      maintenance, and leasing of real estate
                      assets.  It owns the property located at
                      2 Old Worcester Road, Webster, MA, valued at
                      $2.5 million.

Chapter 11 Petition Date: February 4, 2025

Court: United States Bankruptcy Court
       District of Massachusetts

Case No.: 25-40127

Judge: Hon. Elizabeth D Katz

Debtor's Counsel: James L. O'Connor, Esq.
                  NICKLESS, PHILLIPS AND O'CONNOR
                  PO Box 2101
                  780 Main Street, Suite 401
                  Fitchburg MA 01420
                  Tel: 978-342-4590
                  E-mail: joconnor@npolegal.com

Total Assets: $2,962,284

Total Debts: $3,085,001

The petition was signed by Joseph R. Zmetra as member.

A full-text copy of the petition, which includes a list of the
Debtor's 15 unsecured creditors, is available for free on
PacerMonitor at:

https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WSDEIWI/Zmetra_Land_Holdings_LLC__mabke-25-40127__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA


[] January 2025 Chapter 11 Commercial Filings Rise 16% YOY
----------------------------------------------------------
Monitor Daily reports that in January 2025, commercial Chapter 11
filings increased 16% year-over-year to 539, up from 465 in January
2024, according to data from Epiq AACER. Overall commercial
bankruptcy filings rose 11% to 2,358 from 2,126, while small
business filings under Subchapter V of Chapter 11 grew 7% to 171
from 160.

Total bankruptcy filings saw a 13% increase, reaching 41,492 in
January 2025, compared to 36,629 a year earlier. Individual filings
also climbed 13% to 39,134 from 34,503. Chapter 7 filings jumped
17% to 22,938 from 19,580, while Chapter 13 filings rose 8% to
16,087 from 14,873.

Michael Hunter, vice president of Epiq AACER, highlighted the
continued double-digit growth in bankruptcy filings, citing rising
consumer stress due to record-high credit card delinquencies and an
increase in minimum payments. He expects this upward trend to gain
momentum after tax season.

Amy Quackenboss, executive director of the American Bankruptcy
Institute, noted a slowdown in the growth of Subchapter V and
Chapter 13 filings following the expiration of enhanced debt
limits. She stressed the importance of working with Congress to
expand access to bankruptcy relief for individuals and small
businesses.

Month-over-month, total bankruptcy filings increased 9% from
December’s 38,130, with consumer filings also rising 9% from
35,791. Chapter 7 filings grew 5%, while Chapter 13 filings saw a
17% jump. Overall commercial bankruptcies edged up 1%, though
commercial Chapter 11 filings dropped 3% from December's 553, and
Subchapter V elections declined 9% from 187.


[^] Recent Small-Dollar & Individual Chapter 11 Filings
-------------------------------------------------------
In re Deep South Silk, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Ala. Case No. 25-10248
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/OCOIGXI/Deep_South_Silk_LLC__alsbke-25-10248__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jason R. Watkins, Esq.
                         SILVER VOIT GARRETT & WATKINS
                         E-mail: jwatkins@silvervoit.com

In re Clayton Russel Smith and Christine Laurine Smith
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-10478
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         represented by: Jeffrey Weinman, Esq.
                         ALLEN VELLONE WOLF HELFRICH & FACTOR P.C.

In re J. Howell Tiller, MD, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Fla. Case No. 25-30068
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/PSIGZOQ/J_Howell_Tiller_MD_LLC__flnbke-25-30068__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Byron W. Wright III, Esq.
                         BRUNER WRIGHT, P.A.
                         E-mail: twright@brunerwright.com

In re Aharon Kalman Kibel
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-10965
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         represented by: Michael Hoffman, Esq.

In re Nathan Shane Adams and Krista Jones Adams
   Bankr. W.D. Mo. Case No. 25-60056
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         represented by: Spencer Desai, Esq.

In re MMSM NYC LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-40457
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3MGFDZQ/MMSM_NYC_LLC__nyebke-25-40457__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Jonathan S. Pasternak, Esq.
                         DAVIDOFF HUTCHER & CITRON LLP
                         E-mail: jsp@dhclegal.com

In re Webster Girls Caribsoul LLC
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-40458
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/3S2MHLI/Webster_Girls_Caribsoul_LLC__nyebke-25-40458__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re 16 EF Apartment LLC
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-10159
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/FSCOYFQ/16_EF_Apartment_LLC__nysbke-25-10159__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Tecias Childcare LLC
   Bankr. W.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-20077
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 29, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SE2BDHY/Tecias_Childcare_LLC__nywbke-25-20077__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David H. Ealy, Esq.
                         CRISTO LAW GROUP LLC
                         E-mail: dealy@trevettcristo.com

In re Parkinson Land LLC
   Bankr. D. Ariz. Case No. 25-00794
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JXYKLXA/PARKINSON_LAND_LLC__azbke-25-00794__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Laird Angus Mooney
   Bankr. D. Colo. Case No. 25-10511
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         represented by: Owen Hathaway, Esq.
                         THE LAW OFFICES OF OWEN HATHAWAY

In re Larry Carson Hale, Jr.
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-40120
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         represented by: William A. Rountree, Esq.
                         ROUNTREE LEITMAN KLEIN & GEER, LLC

In re El Milagro de Dios Corp
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-70400
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/I5KRZTY/El_Milagro_de_Dios_Corp__nyebke-25-70400__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Auburn Petroleum, LLC
   Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-30065
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LRO5YKA/Auburn_Petroleum_LLC__nynbke-25-30065__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Sharky's LLC d/b/a Sharky's Tavern
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-80044
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MK46RTA/Sharkys_LLC_dba_Sharkys_Tavern__txsbke-25-80044__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Brandon Tittle, Esq.
                         TITTLE LAW GROUP, PLLC
                         E-mail: btittle@tittlelawgroup.com

In re Sharky's LLC d/b/a Sharky's Tavern
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30469
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IRSGYLI/Sharkys_LLC_dba_Sharkys_Tavern__txsbke-25-30469__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Brandon Tittle, Esq.
                         TITTLE LAW GROUP, PLLC
                         E-mail: btittle@tittlelawgroup.com

In re Robert Kruse
   Bankr. W.D. Wash. Case No. 25-10251
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 30, 2025
         represented by: Benjamin Ellison, Esq.

In re LR Greenview LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-40170
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/LIHARPQ/LR_Greenview_LLC__canbke-25-40170__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Erin Daly, Esq.
                         REGAL TAX & LAW GROUP, P.C.
                         E-mail: erin@regaltaxlaw.com

In re Lisa Ann Nkonoki
   Bankr. D. Conn. Case No. 25-20110
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025

In re Ohana America Corporation
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-00646
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ZVBQGHY/Ohana_America_Corporation__flmbke-25-00646__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                         BUDDY D. FORD, P.A.
                         E-mail: All@tampaesq.com

In re Josrod1 Inc.
   Bankr. S.D. Fla. Case No. 25-11105
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/EOLNLMA/Josrod1_Inc__flsbke-25-11105__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Joan Elizabeth Gee
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-20121
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         represented by: William Rountree, Esq.

In re MZS Properties LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-01523
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/YB7Z6UA/MZS_Properties_LLC__ilnbke-25-01523__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Bradley Foreman, Esq.
                         THE LAW OFFICES OF BRADLEY H. FOREMAN,
                         P.C.
                         E-mail: brad@foremanlawoffice.com

In re Scott Eugene Grant
   Bankr. W.D. Mo. Case No. 25-40136
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         represented by: Colin Gotham, Esq.
                         EVANS & MULLINIX, P.A.
                         Email: cgotham@emlawkc.com


In re Shaheen H. Shaheen
   Bankr. D. N.J. Case No. 25-10990
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         represented by: Andrew Kelly, Esq.
                         THE KELLY FIRM, P.C.
                         E-mail: akelly@kbtlaw.com

In re Robert P Ruggiero, Sr.
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-70416
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         represented by: Richard Feinsilver, Esq.


In re Heart of Gold Home Care, LLC
   Bankr. M.D. Pa. Case No. 25-00268
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/O4VW5IA/Heart_of_Gold_Home_Care_LLC__pambke-25-00268__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert E. Chernicoff, Esq.
                         CUNNINGHAM, CHERNICOFF & WARSHAWSKY PC
                         E-mail: rec@cclawpc.com

In re John Charles Rightmyer and Erin Sue Rightmyer
   Bankr. M.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-00436
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
          represented by: Jay Lefkovitz, Esq.

In re Ryan Lee Stewart and Jessica Renee Stewart
   Bankr. E.D. Tenn. Case No. 25-30190
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
          represented by: Keith Edmiston, Esq.

In re Innov8tive Nutrition, Inc.
   Bankr. E.D. Tex. Case No. 25-40277
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MALMKHA/Innov8tive_Nutrition_Inc__txebke-25-40277__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert T DeMarco, Esq.
                         DEMARCO MITCHELL, PLLC
                         E-mail: robert@demarcomitchell.com

In re Desi Davis
   Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30365
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         represented by: Kevin Wiley, Esq.

In re Heights Place LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30533
      Chapter 11 Petition filed January 31, 2025
         Filed Pro Se

In re ReEnvision Aesthetics and Medspa, PC
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-10127
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/U6RN3CQ/ReEnvision_Aesthetics_and_Medspa__cacbke-25-10127__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Steven R. Fox, Esq.
                         THE FOX LAW CORPORATION INC.
                         E-mail: SRFOX@foxlaw.com

In re JJ Bada 464 Operating Corp.
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 25-11078
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/WXW6JAI/JJ_Bada_464_Operating_Corp__njbke-25-11078__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Rosemarie E. Matera, Esq.
                         KIRBY AISNER & CURLEY LLP
                         E-mail: jcurley@kacllp.com

In re ISA Enterprises, LLC
   Bankr. D.S.C. Case No. 25-00382
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XCWC7WQ/ISA_Enterprises_LLC__scbke-25-00382__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert H. Cooper, Esq.
                         THE COOPER LAW FIRM
                         E-mail: rhcooper@thecooperlawfirm.com

In re FWR, LLC
   Bankr. D.S.C. Case No. 25-00384
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XXHSBFY/FWR_LLC__scbke-25-00384__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert H. Cooper, Esq.
                         THE COOPER LAW FIRM
                         E-mail: rhcooper@thecooperlawfirm.com

In re Patrick D. Horace Sr.
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-60062
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 1, 2025
           See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TAVE3AI/Patrick_D_Horace_Sr__txwbke-25-60062__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Bach Norwood, Esq.
                         HAYWARD PLLC
                         Email: bnorwood@haywardfirm.com

In re Raymond Kendall Roberts
   Bankr. W.D. Ark. Case No. 25-70182
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025

In re Jeffrey John McNeal and Kristin Cynthia McNeal
   Bankr. C.D. Cal. Case No. 25-10825
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         represented by: Christopher Langley, Esq.

In re Jeffrey G. Rebischung
   Bankr. N.D. Cal. Case No. 25-10067
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/NYFTMIA/Jeffrey_G_Rebischung__canbke-25-10067__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Michael Fallon, Esq.
                         LAW OFFICE OF MICHAEL C. FALLON
                         E-mail: mcfallon@fallonlaw.net

In re 630 Wayt, LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-51091
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/QNYRFKI/630_Wayt_LLC__ganbke-25-51091__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re A7P Pavilion LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-51136
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/II6RGRA/A7P_Pavilion_LLC__ganbke-25-51136__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re L4L Investment Inc.
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-51137
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/IX3PQVQ/L4L_Investment_Inc__ganbke-25-51137__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re 7 Wales Street, LLC
   Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 25-10212
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XHCYWEQ/7_Wales_Street_LLC__mabke-25-10212__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Matthew T. Griffin
   Bankr. D. Mass. Case No. 25-10223
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         represented by: Kate Nicholson, Esq.

In re Blair W. Mitchell
   Bankr. D. Nev. Case No. 25-50089
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         represented by: Stephen Harris, Esq.

In re Gary Alan Bedard
   Bankr. D.N.H. Case No. 25-10062
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025

In re 154 Mott Corp
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-70442
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ODEO6WA/154_Mott_Corp__nyebke-25-70442__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Ramadan Transportation Solutions Inc.
   Bankr. W.D.N.C. Case No. 25-30099
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/ECTF7IY/Ramadan_Transportation_Solutions__ncwbke-25-30099__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Richard S. Wright, Esq.
                         MOON WRIGHT & HOUSTON, PLLC
                         E-mail: rwright@mwhattorneys.com

In re 1808 Frankford LLC
   Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 25-10448
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/6ISA4KY/1808_Frankford_LLC__paebke-25-10448__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se

In re Hamud Ahmad
   Bankr. E.D. Pa. Case No. 25-10452
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025

In re William Conway Gilmore
   Bankr. S.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30614
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         Filed Pro Se

In re Triple KWK, Inc.
   Bankr. W.D. Tex. Case No. 25-10160
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/JG4HROA/Triple_KWK_Inc__txwbke-25-10160__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Robert C Lane, Esq.
                         THE LANE LAW FIRM
                         E-mail: notifications@lanelaw.com

In re Curtis Anthony Jones
   Bankr. D. Virgin Islands Case No. 25-10001
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 3, 2025

In re Gregory Edward Barker
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-00721
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/SJGRMQY/Gregory_Edward_Barker__flmbke-25-00721__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Buddy D. Ford, Esq.
                         BUDDY D. FORD, P.A.
                         E-mail: All@tampaesq.com

In re Gilgal Medical Supplies, Inc.
   Bankr. M.D. Fla. Case No. 25-00651
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/QNNDCWY/Gilgal_Medical_Supplies_Inc__flmbke-25-00651__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Daniel A. Velasquez, Esq.
                         LATHAM LUNA EDEN & BEAUDINE LLP
                         E-mail: dvelasquez@lathamluna.com

In re C and D Company LLC
   Bankr. N.D. Ga. Case No. 25-51159
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/MW7Q7BQ/C_and_D_Company_LLC__ganbke-25-51159__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         Filed Pro Se


In re Dante F. Lubrico
   Bankr. N.D. Ill. Case No. 25-01762
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         represented by: Kevin J. Benjamin, Esq.

In re JM Grove, LLC
   Bankr. D. Kan. Case No. 25-20111
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2ZMG7PQ/JM_Grove_LLC__ksbke-25-20111__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Colin Gotham, Esq.
                         EVANS & MULLINIX, P.A.
                         E-mail: cgotham@emlawkc.com

In re MMK Family Investments, Inc.
   Bankr. D. Maine Case No. 25-20020
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/QXEY5GQ/MMK_Family_Investments_Inc__mebke-25-20020__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Adam Prescott, Esq.
                         BERNSTEIN SHUR SAWYER & NELSON, P.A.
                         E-mail: aprescott@bernsteinshur.com

In re MMK Subs, LLC
   Bankr. D. Maine Case No. 25-20019
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/TWZJJCI/MMK_Subs_LLC__mebke-25-20019__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Adam Prescott, Esq.
                         BERNSTEIN SHUR SAWYER & NELSON, P.A.
                         E-mail: aprescott@bernsteinshur.com

In re Meridian Weight Management Center, LLC
   Bankr. S.D. Miss. Case No. 25-00302
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/XSJACTI/Meridian_Weight_Management_Center__mssbke-25-00302__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Douglas M. Engell, Esq.
                         DOUG ENGELL
                         E-mail: dengell@dougengell.com

In re Angela's Bridals, Inc.
   Bankr. N.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-10119
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/RMGSP6Y/Angelas_Bridals_Inc__nynbke-25-10119__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Michael Boyle, Esq.
                         BOYLE LEGAL LLC
                         E-mail: mike@boylebankruptcy.com

In re Riome Plumbing & Mechanical LLC
   Bankr. D.N.J. Case No. 25-11194
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/7NQOL5I/Riome_Plumbing__Mechanical_LLC__njbke-25-11194__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: David A. Kasen, Esq.
                         KASEN & KASEN, P.C.
                         E-mail: dkasen@kasenlaw.com

In re Kenrick L. Cort
   Bankr. E.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-40556
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         represented by: Julio Portilla, Esq.

In re Osman Bessa
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-10225
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025

In re Migdol Kings LLC
   Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Case No. 25-35131
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/KMWJYUQ/Migdol_Kings_LLC__nysbke-25-35131__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: H Bruce Bronson, Esq.
                         BRONSON LAW OFFICES PC
                         E-mail: hbbronson@bronsonlaw.net

In re Gotstuff, Inc.
   Bankr. N.D. Tex. Case No. 25-30448
      Chapter 11 Petition filed February 4, 2025
         See
https://www.pacermonitor.com/view/2VLCIAY/Gotstuff_Inc__txnbke-25-30448__0001.0.pdf?mcid=tGE4TAMA
         represented by: Joyce W. Lindauer, Esq.
                         ATTORNEY AT LAW & MEDIATOR
                         E-mail: joyce@joycelindauer.com


                            *********

Monday's edition of the TCR delivers a list of indicative prices
for bond issues that reportedly trade well below par.  Prices are
obtained by TCR editors from a variety of outside sources during
the prior week we think are reliable.  Those sources may not,
however, be complete or accurate.  The Monday Bond Pricing table
is compiled on the Friday prior to publication.  Prices reported
are not intended to reflect actual trades.  Prices for actual
trades are probably different.  Our objective is to share
information, not make markets in publicly traded securities.
Nothing in the TCR constitutes an offer or solicitation to buy or
sell any security of any kind.  It is likely that some entity
affiliated with a TCR editor holds some position in the issuers
public debt and equity securities about which we report.

Each Tuesday edition of the TCR contains a list of companies with
insolvent balance sheets whose shares trade higher than $3 per
share in public markets.  At first glance, this list may look like
the definitive compilation of stocks that are ideal to sell short.
Don't be fooled.  Assets, for example, reported at historical cost
net of depreciation may understate the true value of a firm's
assets.  A company may establish reserves on its balance sheet for
liabilities that may never materialize.  The prices at which
equity securities trade in public market are determined by more
than a balance sheet solvency test.

On Thursdays, the TCR delivers a list of recently filed
Chapter 11 cases involving less than $1,000,000 in assets and
liabilities delivered to nation's bankruptcy courts.  The list
includes links to freely downloadable images of these small-dollar
petitions in Acrobat PDF format.

Each Friday's edition of the TCR includes a review about a book of
interest to troubled company professionals.  All titles are
available at your local bookstore or through Amazon.com.  Go to
http://www.bankrupt.com/books/to order any title today.

Monthly Operating Reports are summarized in every Saturday edition
of the TCR.

The Sunday TCR delivers securitization rating news from the week
then-ending.

TCR subscribers have free access to our on-line news archive.
Point your Web browser to http://TCRresources.bankrupt.com/and use
the e-mail address to which your TCR is delivered to login.

                            *********

S U B S C R I P T I O N   I N F O R M A T I O N

Troubled Company Reporter is a daily newsletter co-published
by Bankruptcy Creditors Service, Inc., Fairless Hills,
Pennsylvania, USA, and Beard Group, Inc., Philadelphia, Pa., USA.
Randy Antoni, Jhonas Dampog, Marites Claro, Joy Agravante,
Rousel Elaine Tumanda, Joel Anthony G. Lopez, Psyche A. Castillon,
Ivy B. Magdadaro, Carlo Fernandez, Christopher G. Patalinghug, and
Peter A. Chapman, Editors.

Copyright 2025.  All rights reserved.  ISSN: 1520-9474.

This material is copyrighted and any commercial use, resale or
publication in any form (including e-mail forwarding, electronic
re-mailing and photocopying) is strictly prohibited without prior
written permission of the publishers.  Information contained
herein is obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but is
not guaranteed.

The single-user TCR subscription rate is $1,400 for six months
or $2,350 for twelve months, delivered via e-mail.  Additional
e-mail subscriptions for members of the same firm for the term
of the initial subscription or balance thereof are $25 each per
half-year or $50 annually.  For subscription information, contact
Peter A. Chapman at 215-945-7000.

                   *** End of Transmission ***